TULTEX CORP
S-1, 1995-01-23
KNIT OUTERWEAR MILLS
Previous: ADVANTA CORP, 424B3, 1995-01-23
Next: UNION PACIFIC CORP, SC 14D1/A, 1995-01-23






  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 23, 1995
                                                 Registration No. 33-______
___________________________________________________________________________

                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  FORM S-1
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                             TULTEX CORPORATION
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                   (List of Co-Registrants Appears on Next Page)

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                           <C>
         Virginia                              228                          54-0367896
  (State or other jurisdiction   (Primary standard industrial  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of incorporation or organization)  classification code number)
</TABLE>
                         101 Commonwealth Boulevard
                       Martinsville, Virginia  24112
                               (703) 632-2961
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number
       including area code, of Registrants' principal executive offices)

                            O. Randolph Rollins
                Executive Vice President and General Counsel
                             Tultex Corporation
                         101 Commonwealth Boulevard
                       Martinsville, Virginia  24112
                               (703) 632-2961
  (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
 of agent for service)

                                 Copies to:
       Lathan M. Ewers, Jr.                     Daniel J. Zubkoff
         Hunton & Williams                   Cahill Gordon & Reindel
       951 East Byrd Street                      80 Pine Street
  Richmond, Virginia  23219-4074            New York, New York  10005
          (804) 788-8269                         (212) 701-3466

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As
soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.

                      CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                                      Proposed     Proposed     Amount of
   Title of each     Amount to be     maximum       maximum    registration
      class of        registered      offering     aggregate      fee
  securities to be                     price       offering
     registered                         per       price(1)(2)
                                     unit(1)(2)
 Senior Notes due    $115,000,000       100%     $115,000,000    $39,656
 2005



 Guarantees of
 Senior Notes
  due 2005 by
  subsidiaries
  of Tultex
  Corporation            ---            ---          ---          (3)

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
(2) Plus accrued interest, if any, from the date of issuance.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no
    registration fee for the guarantees is payable.

     The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


                               Co-Registrants

                               State or Other
    Exact Name of Co-         Jurisdiction of          I.R.S. Employer
        Registrant             Incorporation          Identification No.
   As Specified in its        or Organization
         Charter

 AKOM, Ltd.                 Cayman Islands, BWI           (foreign)

 Dominion Stores, Inc.            Virginia                54-1427013

 Tultex International,            Virginia                54-1513129
 Inc.

 Logo 7, Inc.                     Virginia                54-1611615
 Universal Industries,         Massachusetts              04-3022142
 Inc.

 Tultex Canada, Inc.               Canada                 (foreign)
 Sweatjet, Inc.                   Virginia                54-1403227




                             Tultex Corporation

                           Cross Reference Sheet
                 Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K

     Form S-1 Item Number/Heading       Registration Statement/Prospectus
                                        Location

1.   Forepart of Registration           Registration statement facing page;
     Statement and Outside Front        Outside front cover page of
     Cover Page of Prospectus           Prospectus

2.   Inside Front and Outside Back      Inside front cover page of
     Cover Pages of Prospectus          Prospectus

3.   Summary Information, Risk          Prospectus Summary; Certain
     Factors and Ratio of Earnings      Considerations
     to Fixed Charges

4.   Use of Proceeds                    Use of Proceeds and Refinancing

5.   Determination of Offering          Not Applicable
     Price

6.   Dilution                           Not Applicable

7.   Selling Security Holders           Not Applicable

8.   Plan of Distribution               Underwriting

9.   Description of Securities to       Description of the Notes
     Be Registered

10.  Interests of Named Experts and     Legal Matters
     Counsel

11.  Information with Respect to        Prospectus Summary; Certain
     the Registrant                     Considerations; Selected
                                        Consolidated Financial Data;
                                        Management's Discussion and
                                        Analysis of Financial Condition and
                                        Results of Operations; Business;
                                        Management; Certain Relationships
                                        and Related Transactions; Principal
                                        Shareholders and Security Ownership
                                        of Management; Consolidated
                                        Financial Statements

12.  Disclosure of Commission           Not Applicable
     Position on Indemnification
     for Securities Act Liabilities



Prospectus        Subject to Completion
                Dated January ___, 1995
[LOGO]

$115,000,000
______% Senior Notes due 2005

Interest payable June 15 and December 15

Issue Price:  _____%

The ____% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Notes") are being offered (the "Offering")
by Tultex Corporation, a Virginia corporation ("Tultex" or the "Company").  The
Notes mature on _____________, 2005, unless previously redeemed.  Interest on
the Notes is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15, commencing June
15, 1995.  The Notes are not redeemable prior to ____________ 2000, except as
set forth below.  The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in
whole or in part, at any time on or after ______, 2000, at the redemption prices
set forth herein, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption
date.  In addition, prior to _________, 1998, the Company may redeem up to
approximately 35% of the principal amount of the Notes with the cash proceeds
received by the Company from one or more sales of capital stock of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock (as defined)) at a redemption price of ________%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
redemption date; provided, however, that at least $75 million in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding immediately after any such
redemption.

Upon a Change of Control (as defined), the Company will be required to make an
offer to purchase all outstanding Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

The Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank
pari passu in right of payment with all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the
Company.  The Notes will be guaranteed on a joint and several basis (the
"Guarantees") by each subsidiary of the Company (the "Guarantors").
The Guarantees will be general unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and will
rank pari passu in right of payment with all other unsubordinated indebtedness
of the Guarantors.  At December 31, 1994, as adjusted to give effect to the
transactions described herein under "Use of Proceeds and Refinancing," the total
indebtedness of the Company would have been approximately $222.6 million, none
of which would have been subordinated to the Notes.

See "Certain Considerations" For A Discussion Of Certain Factors
That Should Be Considered By Prospective Investors.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                   Price to     Underwriting    Proceeds to
                   Public(1)   Compensation(2) Company (1)(3)

Per Note                  %           %                 %

Total             $           $               $

(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from the date of issuance.

(2) The Company and the Guarantors have agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
    the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  See "Underwriting."

(3) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at
    $___________.

The Notes are being offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior sale, when,
asand if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters, and subject to approval
of certain legal matters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel, counsel for the
Underwriters, and certain other conditions.  The Underwriters withhold the right
to withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in
part. It is expected that delivery of the Notes will be made against payment
therefor on or about __________, 1995 at the offices of J.P. Morgan Securities
Inc., 60 Wall Street, New York, New York.

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.     NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.

       , 1995

RED HERRING: INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.
A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.



IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES
OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE
OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY
TIME.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this Prospectus and, if given
or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as
having been authorized by the Company, any Guarantor or either of the
Underwriters.  This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to
which it relates or an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offerto buy
such securities in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is
unlawful.  Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made
hereundershall, underany circumstances, create any implication that there
has been no change in the affairs of the Company or any Guarantor since the
datehereof or that information contained herein is correct as of any time
subsequent to its date.

                   Table Of Contents

                             Page                          Page
  Available Information   .     2  Management  . . . . . .   34
  Prospectus Summary  . . .     4  Certain Relationships and
  Certain Considerations  .    10    Related Transactions    40
  Use of Proceeds and              Principal Shareholders
    Refinancing   . . . . .    14    and Security Ownership
  Capitalization  . . . . .    15    of Management   . . .   41
  Selected Consolidated            Description of the Notes  42
    Financial Data  . . . .    16  Underwriting  . . . . .   61
  Management's Discussion and      Legal Matters   . . . .   62
    Analysis of Financial          Experts   . . . . . . .   62
    Condition and Results of       Index to Financial
          Operations  . . . .  18    Statements  . . . . .  F-1
        Business  . . . . . .  21


                            Available Information

 Additional information regarding the Company, the Guarantors, the Notes and
 the Guarantees is contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the
 "Registration Statement") and the exhibits relating thereto, filed with the
 Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities
 Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").  For such information,
 reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto.

 The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
 Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
 therewith files reports, proxy and information statements and other
 information with the Commission.  Such reports, proxy statements and other
 information, including the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto,
 can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained
 by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
 D.C. 20549, and at the following Regional Offices of the Commission:  500
 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, IL 60661 and 7 World Trade
 Center, Suite 1300, New York, NY 10048.  Copies of such material can also
 be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
 Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C., 20549, at
 prescribed rates.  In addition, such material can be inspected at the
 offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "NYSE"), 20 Broad Street,
 New York, New York  10005.

 Trademarks and service marks of the Company are italicized where they appear in
 this Prospectus.  Tultex(Registered Mark), Discus Athletic(Registered Mark) and
 The Sweatshirt Company(Registered Mark) are registered trademarks of the
 Company.  Logo 7(Registered Mark) and Logo Athletic(Registered Mark) are
 registered trademarks of the Company's subsidiary, Logo 7, Inc. ("Logo 7").
 The Company's principal executive offices are located at 101 Commonwealth
 Boulevard, Martinsville, Virginia 24112, telephone (703) 632-2961.


                                  Prospectus Summary

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  Unless the context requires otherwise, "Tultex" or the
"Company" refers to Tultex Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries.
"Guarantors" refers to all of the Company's subsidiaries.  Capitalized
terms used in this summary under the caption "The Offering" and not
otherwise defined are defined below under the caption "Description of the
Notes -- Certain Definitions."  References to "year end" refer to the
Company's fiscal year end.

                                The Company

Tultex Corporation is one of the world's largest marketers and
manufacturers of activewear and licensed sports apparel for consumers and
sports enthusiasts.  The Company's diverse product line includes fleeced
sweats, jersey products (outerwear T-shirts), jackets and caps.  These
products are sold under the Company's own brands led by the Discus Athletic
and Logo Athletic premium labels and under private labels, including Nike,
Levi Strauss, Reebok and Pro Spirit. In addition, the Company has numerous
professional and college sports licenses to manufacture and market
embroidered and screen-printed products with team logos and designs under
its Logo Athletic and Logo 7 brands.  The Company is a "super" licensee of
professional sports apparel, holding licenses from the National Football
League, Major League Baseball, the National Basketball Association and the
National Hockey League to manufacture a full range of apparel for adults
and children.

Historically a producer of quality fleecewear, in recent years Tultex has
initiated a strategy to enhance its competitiveness and to capitalize on
growth opportunities by becoming a consumer-oriented apparel maker able to
compete in a changing industry.  This strategy includes the following
elements:

 (bullet) Increasing Emphasis on Higher-Margin Products.  The Company is
          strengthening its competitiveness in the activewear business through
          (i) the development of branded and private label, higher- quality and
          higher-margin products to supplement its traditionally strong position
          in the lower-priced segment of the business and (ii) since 1991, the
          manufacture of jersey products. The Company is developing its own
          brands, promoting Discus Athletic for its premium products and using
          the Tultex label for the value-oriented segment of the market.
          Discus Athletic's highly visible sponsorship of college football and
          basketball on the ESPN and ABC television networks and Atlantic Coast
          Conference basketball has contributed to significant annual increases
          in sales of this brand since 1992.  In addition, Tultex has partnering
          arrangements to supply higher-quality, private label products to
          companies such as Reebok, Levi Strauss and Nike.

 (bullet) Expanding into Licensed Apparel Business to Complement Activewear
          Business.  Tultex's 1992 acquisitions of Logo 7, a marketer of
          licensed sports apparel, and Universal Industries, Inc.
          ("Universal"), a marketer of sports and entertainment licensed
          headwear, enabled the Company to achieve the fourth largest
          market share in the higher-margin licensed apparel business in
          1993, and have created opportunities for significant
          manufacturing and distribution synergies with the Company's
          activewear business.  The promotion of the Logo Athletic brand of
          licensed apparel through television and print advertising, as
          well as promotional arrangements featuring Dallas Cowboys'
          quarterback Troy Aikman, San Francisco 49ers' quarterback Steve
          Young, Miami Dolphins' quarterback Dan Marino, the Chicago Black
          Hawks' Chris Chelios and the Washington Bullets' Chris Webber,
          among others, has helped to increase the visibility and sales of
          Logo Athletic products.

 (bullet) Increasing Distribution Channels and Strengthening Customer
          Relationships. Tultex actively pursues strong relationships with
          department, sporting goods and other specialty stores, such as Sears,
          JC Penney, Modell's, Dillard's, Foot Locker, Champs and Sports
          Authority, to distribute its higher margin branded and private label
          products.  In addition, the Company continues to strengthen its
          relationships with high volume retailers such as Wal-Mart, Kmart and
          Target through private label and Tultex products. Tultex strives to
          provide its customers with exceptional service support; for example,
          its distribution capabilities are highly responsive to customers'
          changing delivery and inventory management requirements.

 (bullet) Investing in Modern Distribution and Production Facilities.
          Between January 1, 1988 and October 1, 1994, Tultex made
          approximately $189 million in capital expenditures, investing
          primarily in the construction of its customer service center and
          in high-efficiency spinning, knitting, dyeing, cutting and
          embroidering machinery.  In 1991, Tultex began operating the
          customer service center, which the Company believes is the most
          highly automated in the industry.  Having made significant
          investments in its distribution and production facilities, the
          Company's average annual capital expenditures are not expected to
          exceed approximately $20 million annually through 1997.

The Company's strategy has helped contribute to an improved sales mix.
While total sales increased 4.9% in the first nine months of 1994 over the
comparable period in 1993, sales of Discus Athletic activewear and premium
private label sweats under the Nike, Levi Strauss and Reebok names
increased 45.9% to $51.2 million and sales of Logo Athletic licensed
apparel increased 265% to $45.5 million.  Sales of jersey products were
$38.9 million for the nine months ended October 1, 1994, representing 17.3%
of the Company's activewear sales during such period compared to 13.2% for
the same period in 1993.  However, reduced consumer demand for activewear
and an oversupply of activewear in retail inventories in the first half of
1994, the MLB strike, the NHL lockout and higher raw material costs
adversely affected Tultex's results of operations in the first nine months
of 1994.


                              The Refinancing

Net proceeds of this Offering will be used to repay in full the Company's
variable rate note due July 31, 1996 (the "Term Loan"), the Company's 8 7/8%
Senior Notes due June 1, 1999 (the "8 7/8% Notes"), and related prepayment
expenses.  See "Use of Proceeds and Refinancing."  The Company believes
that the longer maturity and the increased covenant flexibility provided
under the terms of the Notes will allow the Company to continue to increase
its long-term investment in brand promotion and higher-margin products.

Contemporaneously with the completion of this Offering, the Company and its
subsidiaries will enter into a $225 million, three-year revolving credit
facility with a group of commercial banks (the "Senior Credit Facility" and
together with the Offering, the "Refinancing").  The Senior Credit Facility
will replace the Company's existing $225 million revolving credit facility,
which expires on October 6, 1995.  Scheduled amortization requirements
prior to this Offering (excluding the Senior Credit Facility) totaled $92.3
million from January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1998.  After giving
effect to the Refinancing, there will be no material scheduled amortization
requirements (other than under the Senior Credit Facility), until the
maturity of the Notes.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility will be general unsecured
obligations of the Company and will rank pari passu in right of payment
with the Notes and all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and
will be guaranteed by the Guarantors.  The closings of this Offering and of
the Senior Credit Facility are conditioned upon each other.  See "Use of
Proceeds and Refinancing."

                                     The Offering

Securities Offered  . . . .   $115 million aggregate principal amount of
                              ___% Senior Notes due 2005.

Maturity Date . . . . . . .   ___________, 2005.

Interest Payment Dates  . .   June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15,
                              1995.

Optional Redemption by the Company
                             The Notes are not redeemable prior to
                             ________, 2000, except as set forth below.
                             The Notes will be redeemable at the option of
                             the Company, in whole or in part, at any time
                             on or after _________, 2000, at the redemption
                             prices set forth herein, together with accrued
                             and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
                             In addition, prior to ____, 1998, the Company
                             may redeem up to approximately 35% of the
                             principal amount of the Notes with the cash
                             proceeds received by the Company from one or
                             more sales of capital stock of the Company
                             (other than Disqualified Stock) at a
                             redemption price of ____% of the principal
                             amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
                             interest to the redemption date; provided,
                             however, that at least $75 million in
                             aggregate principal amount of the Notes
                             remains outstanding immediately after any such
                             redemption.

Sinking Fund  . . . . . . .   None.

Ranking . . . . . . . . . .   The Notes will be general unsecured
                              obligations of the Company and will rank pari
                              passu in right of payment with all other
                              unsubordinated Indebtedness (including the
                              Senior Credit Facility) of the Company.

Guarantees  . . . . . . . .   The Notes will be guaranteed on a joint and
                              several basis by each of the Guarantors.  The
                              Guarantees will be general unsecured
                              obligations of the Guarantors and will rank
                              pari passu in right of payment with all other
                              unsubordinated indebtedness of the
                              Guarantors.  The Guarantors' liability under
                              the Guarantees will be limited as described
                              herein and Guarantees will be released in
                              connection with certain asset sales and
                              dispositions.  See "Description of the Notes
                              -- Guarantees."


Change of Control Offer . .   Upon a Change of Control, the Company will be
                              required to make an offer to purchase all
                              outstanding Notes at a purchase price of 101%
                              of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
                              and unpaid interest to the repurchase date.

Certain Covenants . . . . .   The Indenture will contain certain covenants
                              that, among other things, limit the ability
                              of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to
                              incur additional Indebtedness, make certain
                              Restricted Payments, make certain
                              Investments, create Liens, engage in Sale and
                              Leaseback Transactions, permit dividend or
                              other payment restrictions to apply to
                              Subsidiaries, enter into certain transactions
                              with Affiliates or Related Persons or
                              consummate certain merger, consolidation or
                              similar transactions.  In addition, in
                              certain circumstances, the Company will be
                              required to offer to purchase Notes at 100%
                              of the principal amount thereof with the net
                              proceeds of certain asset sales.  These
                              covenants are subject to a number of
                              significant exceptions and qualifications.
                              See "Description of the Notes."

Senior Credit Facility  . .   Concurrently with this Offering, the Company
                              and its subsidiaries will enter into the
                              Senior Credit Facility, a $225 million,
                              three-year revolving credit facility, with a
                              group of commercial banks.  The Senior Credit
                              Facility will replace the Company's existing
                              $225 million revolving credit facility, which
                              expires on October 6, 1995.  See "Use of
                              Proceeds and Refinancing."


                     Summary Consolidated Financial Data

 The following table sets forth summary consolidated financial data for the
 Company for each of the five fiscal years in the period ended January 1,
 1994 and the nine month periods ended October 1, 1994 and October 2, 1993.
 The summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with
 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations" and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, related
 notes, and other financial data included elsewhere herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Nine Months Ended                          Year Ended
                                         Oct. 1  Oct. 2      Jan. 1        Jan. 2     Dec. 28    Dec. 29     Dec. 30
                                          1994   1993(1)     1994(1)     1993(2,3)      1991       1990        1989
<S>                                     <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
In thousands, except ratios

Statement of Income Data:
Net sales and other income              $397,125  $378,369     $533,611   $503,946   $349,910   $390,336   $361,721
Cost of products sold                    298,701   278,623      395,727    368,027    271,243    283,907    279,040
Depreciation                              18,220    16,773       23,364     20,831     17,369     14,775     14,125
Selling, general and
 administrative                           67,885    64,813       88,433     81,297     45,481     52,546     46,866
Income from operations                    12,319    18,160       26,087     33,791     15,817     39,108     21,690
Gain on sale of facilities                     0         0            0          0      4,014          0          0

Interest expense                          13,203    12,337       16,996     13,540      9,064      8,838      8,274
Income (loss) before income
 taxes and cumulative effect
 of accounting change                      (884)     5,823        9,091     20,251     10,767     30,270     13,416
Income taxes (benefit)                     (336)     2,161        3,188      7,060      3,443     11,097      4,701
Income (loss) before cumulative
 effect of accounting change               (548)     3,662        5,903     13,191      7,324     19,173      8,715
Cumulative effect of accounting change        0          0            0          0     2,8484          0          0

Net income (loss)                         $(548)    $3,662       $5,903    $13,191    $10,172    $19,173     $8,715
Balance Sheet Data
 (end of period):
Working capital                        $299,422   $115,641     $243,553   $126,717    $85,011    $92,432    $96,285
Total assets                            549,506    550,854      474,965    435,818    314,957    328,643    323,778
Total debt                              308,667    303,892      239,438    200,531    115,032    123,069    131,133
Total stockholders' equity              177,363    178,618      179,197    178,793    157,091    155,301    143,864

Other Data:
EBITDA(5)                                31,451     35,845       50,668     55,559     32,321     53,018     34,950
Capital expenditures                      7,105     20,556       22,250     30,330     14,360     21,983     59,153
Ratio of EBITDA to
 interest expense(5)                                               2.98       4.10       3.57       6.00       4.22

Ratio of EBITDA minus
 capital expenditures
 to interest expense(5)                                            1.67       1.86       1.98       3.51         --(6)
Ratio of earnings
 to fixed charges(7)                         --(8)    1.36         1.41       2.11       1.54       2.27       1.59
</TABLE>
__________
(1) See Note 3 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for
    information with respect to the Company's change in the method of
    determining the cost of inventory from the LIFO method to the FIFO method in
    the fourth quarter of fiscal 1993.

(2) See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information with
    respect to the acquisition of Logo 7 and Universal Industries, Inc.

(3) Includes 53 weeks.  All other years presented include 52 weeks.

(4) Reflects the Company's adoption of SFAS No. 96 "Accounting for Income Taxes"
    as of the beginning of the fiscal year.

(5) EBITDA represents earnings before taking into consideration interest
    expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and excludes gain on
    sale of facilities.  EBITDA is included herein to provide additional
    information related to the Company's ability to service debt.  EBITDA should
    not be considered as an alternative measure of the Company's net income,
    operating performance, cash flow or liquidity. After giving effect to the
    Refinancing, for the year ended January 1, 1994, EBITDA, pro forma ratio of
    EBITDA to interest expense and pro forma ratio of EBITDA minus capital
    expenditures to interest expense would have been $50,441, 2.42 and 1.35,
    respectively.

(6) The deficiency of EBITDA minus capital expenditures to interest expense for
    the year ended December 30, 1989 was $32,477.

(7) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings consist of earnings before
    income taxes and fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist of interest expense,
    amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and one-third of rental expense
    (the portion considered representative of the interest factor). After giving
    effect to the Offering (but without giving effect to incremental interest
    expense associated with borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility on a pro
    forma basis), the pro forma deficiency of earnings to fixed charges would
    have been $3,838 for the nine months ended October 1, 1994 and the pro forma
    ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 1.23 for the year ended
    January 1, 1994.

(8) The deficiency of earnings to fixed charges for the nine months ended
    October 1, 1994 was $884.

                           Certain Considerations

Prospective investors should consider carefully all the information
contained in this Prospectus, including the following factors.

Substantial Leverage

As of December 31, 1994, after giving effect to the Refinancing, the
Company's total indebtedness would have been approximately $222.6 million,
all of which was unsubordinated, and total shareholders' equity would have
been approximately $___ million, resulting in a pro forma total debt to
total capitalization ratio of ___%.  In addition, at such date
approximately $60.4 million of additional borrowing capacity would have
been available (subject to the borrowing base formula) under the Senior
Credit Facility.  The Indenture will permit the Company and its
subsidiaries to incur certain additional specified indebtedness.  See
"Description of the Notes."

The Company's borrowing needs are seasonal.  The maximum amount of
indebtedness outstanding at any fiscal month end in 1994 was approximately
$309 million at October 1, 1994.  Management believes that amounts
available pursuant to the borrowing base formula to be contained in the
Senior Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet its expected peak
borrowing requirements.  See "-- Seasonality and Cyclicality."

The Company currently has incurred, and after the consummation of the
Offering will continue to incur, significant annual cash interest expense.
After giving effect to the Refinancing, the pro forma ratio of EBITDA to
interest expense would have been 2.06 to 1 for the 12 months ended October
1, 1994 compared to 2.59 to 1 before the Refinancing.  After giving effect
to the Offering, the pro forma deficiency of earnings to fixed charges for
the 12 months ended October 1, 1994 would have been $1.4 million.  The
ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the 12 months ended October 1, 1994
was 1.10 to 1 before the Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds and Refinancing"
and "Capitalization."

The level of the Company's indebtedness could have important consequences
to holders of the Notes, including:  (i) the Company's ability to obtain
additional financing in the future for working capital, capital
expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, general corporate
purposes or other purposes may be restricted, (ii) a substantial portion of
the Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of
the Company's interest expense, (iii) the Company is more highly leveraged
than certain of its competitors, which may place the Company at a
competitive disadvantage and (iv) the Company's borrowings under the Senior
Credit Facility will accrue interest at variable rates, which could result
in increased interest expense in the event of higher interest rates.

The Company's ability to make interest payments on the Notes will be
dependent on the Company's future operating performance, which is itself
dependent on a number of factors, many of which are beyond the Company's
control.  The Company's ability to repay the Notes at maturity will depend
upon these same factors and the ability of the Company to raise additional
funds.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

During 1993 and 1994, the Company sought and obtained waivers and
amendments of violations of certain financial covenants contained in the
instruments relating to the 8 7/8% Notes, the Term Loan and the Company's
existing revolving credit facility.  During the second quarter of 1994, the
Company suspended the payment of dividends on its preferred and common
stock.  Substantially contemporaneously with the consummation of the
Offering, the Company expects to pay existing dividend arrearages on its
preferred stock and thereafter to resume paying quarterly dividends
thereon.  No decision with respect to renewal of common stock dividends has
been made.

Restrictive Debt Covenants

The Senior Credit Facility and the Indenture will contain provisions that
may substantially restrict the Company's operations.  Any or all of such
restrictions as well as the Company's substantial leverage, could adversely
affect the Company's or its subsidiaries' ability to incur additional
indebtedness, make capital expenditures, take advantage of business
opportunities and withstand competitive pressures or adverse economic
conditions.  See "Use of Proceeds and Refinancing."

Senior Credit Facility

The Senior Credit Facility is expected to contain material restrictions on
the operation of the Company's business, including covenants restricting,
among other things, the ability of the Company and certain subsidiaries to
incur indebtedness, create liens on the Company's property, guarantee
obligations, alter the character of the Company's business, consolidate,
merge or purchase or sell the Company's assets, make investments or advance
funds, prepay indebtedness and transact business with affiliates.  The
Senior Credit Facility is also expected to contain certain financial
covenants, including covenants that will require the Company to maintain a
minimum tangible net worth, leverage ratio and fixed charges coverage
ratio, as well as customary representations and warranties, funding
conditions and events of default.  A breach of one or more covenants under
such facility could result in an acceleration of the Company's obligations
thereunder, and the inability of the Company to borrow additional amounts
under the Senior Credit Facility.  In addition, a default under the Notes
will constitute an event of default under the Senior Credit Facility.  See
"Use of Proceeds and Refinancing."

Indenture

The Indenture will contain material restrictions on the Company's
operations, including covenants that restrict or limit (i) indebtedness
that may be incurred by the Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) the ability
of the Company and its subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other
distributions, purchase or redeem stock and make other investments, (iii)
the creation of liens, (iv) the disposition of assets, (v) sale and
leaseback transactions, (vi) the issuance and sale of capital stock of the
Company's subsidiaries, (vii) transactions with affiliates, (viii) a change
of control of the Company and (ix) mergers, consolidations and certain
sales of assets by the Company.  A breach of one or more covenants under
the Indenture could result in an acceleration of the Company's obligations
thereunder.  See "Description of the Notes."

Competition and Other Industry Concerns

Domestic and Foreign Competition

The activewear and licensed apparel industries are highly competitive.
Since the 1980s, the activewear industry, and in recent years the licensed
apparel industry, have been characterized by the acquisition of existing
competitors by larger companies with substantial financial resources and
manufacturing and distribution capabilities.  Certain participants in these
industries have greater financial and other resources than the Company.
Over the past five years, the quality of activewear products has improved
significantly, through the use of a higher proportion of cotton, heavier
fabric weights, a broader range of sizes, greater sewing detail and a
greater variety of colors.  Despite these improvements, retail prices have
risen only slightly due to better manufacturing efficiencies and
competitive pressures.  Increased competition from these and future
competitors could reduce sales and prices, adversely affecting the
Company's results of operations.  Because of the Company's high leverage,
it may be less able to respond effectively to such competition than other
participants.

The Company's products are subject to foreign competition.  The extent of
import protection afforded to domestic manufacturers has been, and is
likely to remain, subject to considerable political deliberation.
Beginning in 1995, the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade ("GATT") will
eliminate over a period of 10 years restrictions on imports of apparel.  In
addition, on January 1, 1994, the North American Free Trade Agreement
("NAFTA") became effective.  The implementation of NAFTA could result in an
increase in apparel imported from Mexico that would compete against certain
of the Company's products.  However, management believes that freight costs
and shipping times are significant competitive barriers to foreign
activewear manufacturers and that, although there can be no assurance, the
implementation of GATT and NAFTA will not have a material adverse effect on
the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.

Licenses and Trademarks

Professional and collegiate athletic licensors successfully have sought to
increase their royalty percentages and minimum guaranteed payments in
contracts with licensees, such as the Company's subsidiaries.  In addition,
the Company's material licenses are non-exclusive, and new or existing
competitors may obtain similar licenses.  While the Company has enjoyed
long, successful and uninterrupted licensing relationships with its
professional and collegiate athletic licensors, if a significant license or
licenses were not renewed or replaced, the Company's sales and results of
operations likely would be materially and adversely affected.  See
"Business -- Licenses."

Because of its growing emphasis on branded products, the Company
increasingly will rely on the strength of its trademarks.  The Company has
in the past and may in the future be required to expend significant
resources protecting these trademarks, and the loss or limitation of the
exclusive right to use them could adversely affect the Company's sales and
results of operations.  See "Business -- Industry -- Competition" and
"-- Trademarks."

Major League Baseball Strike and National Hockey League Lockout

Through its subsidiaries, the Company sells activewear and headwear bearing
professional and college sports licensed logos and designs, including Major
League Baseball ("MLB") and National Hockey League ("NHL") team logos and
designs.  The MLB players' strike and NHL lockout, which was settled on
January 13, 1995, have adversely affected sales of items bearing these
marks and the MLB players' strike will continue to adversely affect sales
of MLB products until this dispute is resolved.  The Company expects that
consumer demand for NHL products and, once play resumes, MLB products will
rebound, but may recover slowly.  There can be no assurance that the MLB
dispute will be resolved in the near future or that sales of MLB and NHL
products will increase or return to prior levels.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
Results of Operations -- Nine Months Ended October 1, 1994 Compared to Nine
Months Ended October 2, 1993."

Unionization of Hourly Workers at Martinsville Facilities

In August 1994, hourly employees at the Company's Martinsville, Virginia
facilities voted for representation by the Amalgamated Clothing and Textile
Workers Union.  The Company currently is negotiating a labor agreement with
the union which would cover all hourly employees at the Martinsville
facilities.  As of December 31, 1994, the Company's approximately 2,200
hourly employees in Martinsville accounted for approximately 32% of the
Company's total employees and approximately 36% of the Company's hourly
employees.  Although the Company does not anticipate such a result, failure
to reach agreement with the union could materially adversely affect the
Company's operations at its Martinsville facilities.  None of the Company's
other employees are represented by a union.  See "Business -- Employees."

Raw Materials

The principal raw materials used by the Company in the manufacture of its
products are cotton of various grades and staple lengths and polyester in
staple form.  Although the Company has been able to acquire sufficient
quantities of cotton for its operations in the past, any shortage in the
cotton supply by reason of weather, crop disease or other factors, or
significant increase in the price of cotton or polyester, could adversely
affect the Company's results of operations.  Tultex makes advance purchases
of raw cotton based on projected demand.  The Company has purchased
substantially all of its raw cotton needs for 1995 and has fixed the price
on approximately 35% of such cotton.  See "Business -- Raw Materials."

Seasonality and Cyclicality

Historically, the fleecewear and licensed apparel industries have been
seasonal, with peak sales occurring in the third and fourth quarters of the
calendar year, coinciding with cooler weather and the playing seasons for
some of the most popular professional and college sports.  The activewear
and licensed apparel industries also are cyclical, and the Company's
performance may be negatively affected by changing retailer and consumer
demands and downturns in consumer spending, such as the downturn that began
during the latter part of 1993 and that affected the Company's performance
into 1994.  See "Business -- Industry" and " -- Seasonality."

Fraudulent Conveyance Considerations

Each Guarantor's Guarantee of the obligations of the Company under the
Notes may be subject to review under relevant federal and state fraudulent
conveyance statutes (the "fraudulent conveyance statutes") in a bankruptcy,
reorganization or rehabilitation case or similar proceeding or a lawsuit by
or on behalf of unpaid creditors of such Guarantor.  If a court were to
find under relevant fraudulent conveyance statutes that, at the time the
Notes were issued, (a) a Guarantor guaranteed the Notes with the intent of
hindering, delaying or defrauding current or future creditors or (b)(i) a
Guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair
consideration for guaranteeing the Notes and (ii)(A) was insolvent or was
rendered insolvent by reason of such Guarantee, (B) was engaged, or about
to engage, in a business or transaction for which its assets constituted
unreasonably small capital or (C) intended to incur, or believed that it
would incur, obligations beyond its ability to pay as such obligations
matured (as all of the foregoing terms are defined in or interpreted under
such fraudulent conveyance statutes), such court could avoid or subordinate
such Guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of such
Guarantor and take other action detrimental to the holders of the Notes,
including, under certain circumstances, invalidating such Guarantee.  See
"Description of the Notes -- Guarantees."

The Board of Directors and management of the Company and each Guarantor
believe that at the time of issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees, each
Guarantor will be (a) neither insolvent nor rendered insolvent thereby, (b)
in possession of sufficient capital to meet its obligations as the same
mature or become due and to operate its business effectively and (c)
incurring obligations within its ability to pay as the same mature or
become due.  There can be no assurance, however, that a court passing on
such questions would reach the same conclusions.

No Market for Notes

The Notes are new securities for which there is no trading market.  The
Company does not intend to list the Notes on any securities exchange.  The
Company has been advised by the Underwriters that the Underwriters
currently intend to make a market in the Notes; however, the Underwriters
are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any such market making at
any time without notice.  No assurance can be given as to the development
or liquidity of any trading market for the Notes.  See "Underwriting."

                      Use of Proceeds and Refinancing

The net proceeds from this Offering will be approximately $112 million.
The Company intends to use all of such net proceeds and borrowings of
approximately $_____________ million under the Senior Credit Facility to
repay principal, accrued interest and prepayment expenses relating to the
8 7/8% Notes and the Term Loan.  The Company intends to use additional
borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility to repay amounts outstanding
under its existing credit facility, which expires on October 6, 1995.  The
closings of this Offering and the Senior Credit Facility are conditioned
upon each other.  The Refinancing will eliminate certain covenants and
extend the maturities of the Company's indebtedness.  Upon consummation of
the Refinancing, the Company expects to record an extraordinary charge,
representing the loss from early extinguishment of debt (including
expensing of unamortized issuance costs and prepayment penalties).  As of
October 1, 1994, this charge, net of tax, would have been approximately
$5.5 million.

As of October 1, 1994, there was $95 million in aggregate principal amount
of 8 7/8% Notes outstanding and $18.3 million outstanding under the Term Loan
bearing interest at the annual rate of 90-day LIBOR plus 0.75% (7.19% as of
December 30, 1994).  The 8 7/8% Notes mature on June 1, 1999 and the Term Loan
matures on July 31, 1996.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility will be general unsecured
obligations of the Company and will rank pari passu in right of payment
with the Notes and all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.
As of October 1, 1994, all of the Company's outstanding indebtedness was
unsubordinated.  Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility will bear a
floating rate of interest equal to the prime rate or a reference rate plus
a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.625%, depending upon the applicable
reference rate and the Company's ratio of total debt to tangible
capitalization.  The Senior Credit Facility will contain customary
representations and events of default, including default upon a change of
control of the Company.  It will also contain covenants restricting, among
other things, the ability of the Company and certain subsidiaries to incur
indebtedness, create liens on the Company's property, guaranty obligations,
alter the character of the Company's business, consolidate, merge or
purchase or sell the Company's assets, make investments or advance funds,
prepay indebtedness and transact business with affiliates.  The Senior
Credit Facility will also contain certain financial covenants, including
covenants that will require the Company to maintain a minimum tangible net
worth, leverage ratio and fixed charges coverage ratio.

                               Capitalization

The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at October
1, 1994, and as adjusted to give effect to the consummation of the
Refinancing and the use of the net proceeds from the Offering as set forth
in "Use of Proceeds and Refinancing."  See the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere herein.

                                           As of October 1, 1994
                                                (unaudited)

                                            Actual   As Adjusted
In thousands, except share amounts and
 ratios
Short-Term Indebtedness:

Notes payable to bank                     $  3,000     $3,000
Current maturities of long-term
 indebtedness                               28,346        205

  Total short-term indebtedness           $ 31,346     $3,205
Long-Term Indebtedness, Less Current
 Maturities:

____% Senior Notes due 2005                          $115,000
Notes payable to banks (Senior Credit                 202,599
  Facility)

8 7/8% Senior Notes Due June 1, 1999
 (8 7/8% Notes)                            $76,000

Notes payable to banks (existing
 revolving credit facility)                192,000

Variable rate note due July 31,
 1996 (Term Loan)                            9,141

Other long-term indebtedness                   180        180
  Total long-term indebtedness             277,321    317,779

Stockholders' Equity:
5% Cumulative Preferred Stock, $100
 par value per share; 22,000 shares
 authorized, 1,975 shares outstanding          198        198

Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock,
  $7.50 Series B, no par value; 150,000
  shares authorized and outstanding         15,000     15,000

Common Stock, par value $1 per share;
 60,000,000 shares authorized;
 29,806,793 shares issued and outstanding   29,807     29,807

Capital in excess of par value               5,279      5,279

Retained earnings                          130,783    125,249 (1)

Less notes receivable from stockholders     (3,704)    (3,704)

  Total stockholders' equity               177,363    171,829

  Total capitalization                   $ 454,684   $489,608

Ratio of total long-term indebtedness
to total capitalization                      61.0%       64.9%

___________________________

(1) Gives effect, on an after-tax basis, to the charge associated with the
    early extinguishment of indebtedness as a result of the Refinancing.

                    Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below for each of the
five fiscal years in the period ended January 1, 1994 is derived from the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, as audited by Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, which are included herein for
fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991.  The Consolidated Financial Statements of
the Company for fiscal year 1991 and prior years are based, in part, upon
the Financial Statements of Universal which was acquired by the Company in
1992, as audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants.  The
consolidated financial data for the nine month periods ended October 1,
1994 and October 2, 1993 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial
statements of the Company.  The unaudited consolidated financial statements
include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that
the Company's management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position and results of operations for these periods.  Operating
results for the nine months ended October 1, 1994 are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December
31, 1994.  The data presented below should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, related
notes, and other financial data included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Nine Months Ended                       Year Ended
                                         Oct. 1     Oct. 2     Jan. 1      Jan. 2    Dec. 28    Dec. 29   Dec. 30
                                          1994      1993(1)    1994(1)    1993(2,3)   1991        1990     1989
<S>                                    <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>
In thousands, except ratios

Statement of Income Data:
Net sales and other income              $397,125    $378,369   $533,611  $503,946    $349,910   $390,336  $361,721
Cost of products sold                    298,701     278,623    395,727   368,027     271,243    283,907   279,040
Depreciation                              18,220      16,773     23,364    20,831      17,369     14,775    14,125
Selling, general and
  administrative                          67,885      64,813     88,433    81,297      45,481     52,546    46,866
Income from operations                    12,319      18,160     26,087    33,791      15,817     39,108    21,690
Gain on sale of facilities                     0           0          0         0       4,014          0         0

Interest expense                          13,203      12,337     16,996    13,540       9,064      8,838     8,274
Income (loss) before income
  taxes and cumulative effect
  of accounting change                     (884)       5,823      9,091    20,251      10,767     30,270    13,416
Income taxes (benefit)                     (336)       2,161      3,188     7,060       3,443     11,097     4,701
Income (loss) before cumulative
  effect of accounting change              (548)       3,662      5,903    13,191       7,324     19,173     8,715
Cumulative effect of accounting change        0            0          0         0       2,848(4)       0         0

Net income (loss)                         $(548)      $3,662     $5,903   $13,191     $10,172    $19,173    $8,715
Balance Sheet Data
  (end of period):
Working capital                        $299,422     $115,641   $243,553  $126,717     $85,011    $92,432   $96,285
Total assets                            549,506      550,854    474,965   435,818     314,957    328,643   323,778
Total debt                              308,667      303,892    239,438   200,531     115,032    123,069   131,133
Total stockholders' equity              177,363      178,618    179,197   178,793     157,091    155,301   143,864

Other Data:
EBITDA(5)                                31,451       35,845     50,668    55,559      32,321     53,018    34,950
Capital expenditures                      7,105       20,556     22,250    30,330      14,360     21,983    59,153
Ratio of EBITDA to
  interest expense(5)                                              2.98      4.10        3.57       6.00      4.22

Ratio of EBITDA minus
  capital expenditures
  to interest expense(5)                                           1.67      1.86        1.98       3.51        --(6)
Ratio of earnings
  to fixed charges(7)                         --(8)     1.36       1.41      2.11        1.54       2.27      1.59
</TABLE>
____________________
(1) See Note 3 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for
    information with respect to the Company's change in the method of
    determining the cost of inventory from the LIFO method to the FIFO method in
    the fourth quarter of fiscal 1993.

(2) See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information with
    respect to the acquisition of Logo 7 and Universal Industries, Inc.

(3) Includes 53 weeks.  All other years presented include 52 weeks.

(4) Reflects the Company's adoption of SFAS No. 96 "Accounting for Income Taxes"
    as of the beginning of the fiscal year.

(5) EBITDA represents earnings before taking into consideration interest
    expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and excludes gain on
    sale of facilities.  EBITDA is included herein to provide additional
    information related to the Company's ability to service debt. EBITDA should
    not be considered as an alternative measure of the Company's net income,
    operating performance, cash flow or liquidity.  After giving effect to the
    Refinancing, for the year ended January 1, 1994, EBITDA, pro forma ratio of
    EBITDA to interest expense and pro forma ratio of EBITDA minus capital
    expenditures to interest expense would have been $50,441, 2.42 and 1.35,
    respectively.

(6) The deficiency of EBITDA minus capital expenditures to interest expense for
    the year ended December 30, 1989 was $32,477.

(7) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings consist of earnings before
    income taxes and fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist of interest expense,
    amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and one-third of rental expense
    (the portion considered representative of the interest factor). After giving
    effect to the Offering (but without giving effect to incremental interest
    expense associated with borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility on a pro
    forma basis), the pro forma deficiency of earnings to fixed charges would
    have been $3,838 for the nine months ended October 1, 1994 and the pro forma
    ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 1.23 for the year ended
    January 1, 1994.

(8) The deficiency of earnings to fixed charges for the nine months ended
    October 1, 1994 was $884.


                  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                         Condition and Results of Operations

     The financial results for the first six months of fiscal 1992 and all prior
     periods presented have been restated to include Universal, acquired by the
     Company in June 1992 through an exchange of stock accounted for as a
     pooling of interests.  In addition, the Company changed its method of
     determining cost of inventories from the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method
     to the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method during the fourth quarter of
     fiscal 1993.  This change has been applied retroactively by restating all
     prior periods presented.

     Results of Operations

     The following table presents the Company's consolidated income statement
     items as a percentage of sales.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Nine Months Ended                   Year Ended
                                                   Oct. 1    Oct. 2               Jan. 1     Jan. 2    Dec. 28
                                                    1994      1993                 1994       1993      1991
         <S>                                       <C>       <C>                  <C>        <C>       <C>
         Net sales and other income                100.0%    100.0%               100.0%     100.0%    100.0%

         Cost of products sold                      75.2      73.6                 74.1       73.0      77.5
         Depreciation                                4.6       4.4                  4.4        4.2       5.0
         Selling, general and administrative        17.1      17.1                 16.6       16.1      13.0
         Gain on sale of facilities                 ----      ----                 ----       ----      (1.2)
         Interest                                    3.3       3.3                  3.2        2.7       2.6

         Total costs and expenses                  100.2      98.4                 98.3       96.0      96.9

         Income (loss) before taxes                  (.2)      1.6                  1.7        4.0       3.1

         Provision for income tax                    (.1)       .6                   .6        1.4        .2*

         Net income (loss)                           (.1)%     1.0%                 1.1%       2.6%      2.9%
</TABLE>

 * Includes the effect of SFAS No. 96, adopted as of the first quarter of
   fiscal 1991. Note:  Certain items have been rounded to cause the columns
   to add to 100%.

 Nine Months Ended October 1, 1994 Compared to Nine Months Ended October 2,
 1993

 Net Sales and Other Income increased $18.7 million or 4.9% for the nine
 months ended October 1, 1994 over the comparable period in the prior year,
 from $378.4 million to $397.1 million, due to increased sales volume in
 activewear and licensed apparel headwear lines.  These increases were
 partially offset by a decrease in other licensed sports apparel sales due
 to the effects of the Major League Baseball strike and the National Hockey
 League lockout, and to some general weakening in the licensed sports
 apparel marketplace.  Activewear sales for the nine months ended October 1,
 1994 increased by 2.6% over the comparable period in 1993 from $219.5
 million to $225.3 million, and licensed apparel headwear sales increased by
 52.1% over the comparable period in 1993 from $36.5 million to $55.5
 million.  Sales of other licensed sports apparel decreased by 4.9% from the
 comparable period in 1993 from $122.3 million to $116.3 million.  The
 Company's Discus Athletic brand continues to gain recognition in the
 marketplace, with sales increasing $10.9 million or 41.8% over the
 comparable 1993 period from $26.1 million to $37.0 million.

 Cost of Products Sold as a percentage of sales increased to 75.2% for the
 nine months ended October 1, 1994 from 73.6% for the comparable 1993
 period.  The decline in the margin was due mainly to higher raw material
 costs for cotton and polyester and reduced operating schedules late in 1993
 and early in 1994.  The Company's cost of products sold also has been
 affected by overhead costs resulting from less than full utilization of its
 customer service center which became operational in 1991.

 Depreciation expense as a percentage of sales increased to 4.6% for the
 nine months ended October 1, 1994 from 4.4% for the comparable 1993 period.
 Depreciation expense increased by $1.4 million or 8.3% over the 1993 period
 from $16.8 million to $18.2 million, due to fixed asset additions.

 Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") expenses as a percentage of
 sales were 17.1% for both the first nine months of 1994 and 1993.  Higher
 sales in the nine months ended October 1, 1994 were offset by higher SG&A
 expenses, especially royalty expenses.

 Interest expense as a percentage of sales was 3.3% for both the nine month
 periods of 1994 and 1993.  Interest expense increased $0.9 million or 7.3%
 in the first nine months of 1994 over the comparable period in 1993, from
 $12.3 million to $13.2 million, due to higher average rates and higher
 average borrowings to finance working capital requirements.  The nature of
 the Company's primary businesses requires extensive seasonal borrowings to
 support its working capital needs.  As of October 6, 1993, the Company
 entered into a $225 million revolving credit facility, which replaced its
 short-term credit lines.  For the first nine months of 1993, short-term
 borrowings averaged $120 million at an average rate of 3.7%.  Under the
 revolving credit facility, average borrowings and interest rate for the
 nine months ended October 1, 1994 were $152 million and 4.9%, respectively.

 Provision for Income Tax is a function of pretax earnings and the combined
 effective rate of federal and state income taxes.  The effective rate for
 combined federal and state income taxes was 38% for the nine-month period
 ended October 1, 1994, versus 37% for the comparable period in 1993.  The
 increase in provision for income tax for the nine months ended October 1,
 1994 is due solely to a change in the estimated federal income tax on the
 Company's 1994 expected pretax earnings.

 Fiscal Year 1993 Compared to Fiscal Year 1992

 Net Sales and Other Income for fiscal 1993 increased $29.7 million or 5.9%
 over 1992 from $503.9 million to $533.6 million.  The 1993 sales growth was
 due to a 23.7% increase in licensed apparel sales partially offset by lower
 activewear sales.  Unit sales volume of activewear apparel in 1993 was
 relatively unchanged from the prior year's level, while the average selling
 price of activewear apparel decreased by approximately 2% from 1992.  The
 1993 average price decline of activewear products was primarily due to
 proportionately higher shipping volume of jersey products, which sell at
 lower prices than fleece garments.

 Cost of Products Sold as a percentage of sales increased from 73.0% for
 1992 to 74.1% for 1993.  The increase was primarily due to heavier fabric
 weights, greater sewing detail for activewear products, strong licensed
 apparel sales growth with mass merchandisers which sales generally yield
 lower margins, and expenses associated with streamlining operations.  The
 increase in jersey sales, which traditionally yield lower margins than
 fleece, also increased cost of products sold as a percentage of sales.
 Apparel production for 1993 decreased 2.5% from 1992.

 Depreciation expense as a percentage of sales increased to 4.4% for 1993
 from 4.2% for 1992.  Depreciation expense increased $2.6 million or 12.5%
 over 1992 from $20.8 million to $23.4 million.  The 1993 increase was
 primarily due to expenditures for machinery and equipment.

 Selling, General and Administrative expenses increased as a percentage of
 sales from 16.1% in 1992 to 16.6% in 1993.  The primary reason for the SG&A
 expense increase was an approximately $5 million increase in royalty
 expenses related to higher sales of professional sports licensed apparel.

 Interest expense was 3.2% of sales for 1993 compared to 2.7% for 1992.
 Interest expense increased $3.5 million or 25.9% in 1993 compared to 1992
 from $13.5 million to $17.0 million primarily due to higher indebtedness
 from increased working capital needs and the acquisition of Logo 7.  The
 Company experienced increased working capital needs in 1993 due to higher
 inventory levels and extended payment terms for some customers.

 Provision for Income Tax reflects an effective rate for combined federal
 and state income tax of 35% in 1993 and 1992.

 Fiscal Year 1992 Compared to Fiscal Year 1991

 Net Sales and Other Income for the year ended January 2, 1993, increased
 $154.0 million or 44.0% over 1991 from $349.9 million to $503.9 million.
 Sales by Logo 7, which was acquired by the Company in January 1992, were
 the primary reason for the 1992 sales growth.  In addition to Logo 7's
 sales, unit sales volume increased 2.2% and the average selling price of
 activewear products increased 1.9% in 1992 from 1991.  The 1992 volume
 increase of activewear products was primarily due to a substantial increase
 in jersey shipments, compared to 1991.  The price increase of activewear
 products was the result of general price increases on a sales mix of
 higher-priced fleece garments partially offset by strong growth of jersey
 products, which sell at lower prices than fleece garments.

 Cost of Products Sold increased 35.7% or $96.8 million in 1992 compared to
 1991 from $271.2 million to $368.0 million; however, cost of products sold
 as a percentage of sales decreased from 77.5% for 1991 to 73.0% for 1992.
 The decrease in cost of products sold as a percentage of sales was
 primarily due to higher operating schedules and lower cotton prices.  Total
 apparel production for 1992 increased 16.9% from 1991, resulting in more
 favorable absorption of fixed costs.

 Depreciation expense as a percentage of sales was 4.2% for 1992 and 5.0%
 for 1991.  Depreciation expense in 1992 increased $3.4 million or 19.5%
 over 1991 from $17.4 million to $20.8 million.  The increase for 1992 was
 primarily due to a full year's depreciation of the customer service center
 which became operational during 1991.

 Selling, General and Administrative expense increased as a percentage of
 net sales from 13.0% in 1991 to 16.1% in 1992.  This increase was generated
 by the effect of the 1992 acquisition of Logo 7 and advertising expense due
 to increased brand promotion.  The effect of the Logo 7 acquisition on SG&A
 expense was due to royalty expenses related to professional sports
 licenses, wages and benefits paid to the employees of Logo 7 and increased
 sales commissions associated with Logo 7 sales.

 Interest expense as a percentage of sales was 2.7% and 2.6% for 1992 and
 1991, respectively.  Interest expense was $13.5 million for 1992 compared
 to $9.1 million for 1991.  The increase was the result of higher
 indebtedness due to the acquisition of Logo 7, increased working capital
 needs and the capitalization of $2.3 million of interest, and costs
 pertaining to the construction of the customer service center in the first
 half of 1991, which lowered interest expense for that year.  The increase
 was partially offset by a reduction in short-term interest rates.

 The Company's effective income tax rate was 35% in 1992 and 32% in 1991.
 The lower rate for 1991 was the result of permanent differences between
 book and taxable income and the increased percentage relationship to much
 lower pretax earnings.  In 1992, the Company adopted SFAS No. 109
 "Accounting for Income Taxes," which superseded SFAS No. 96.  The Company's
 adoption of SFAS No. 109 had no material effect on 1992 earnings.  The
 implementation of SFAS No. 96 during 1991 reduced the Company's restated
 first quarter 1991 deferred tax liability and increased earnings by $2.8
 million.

 Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

 Net working capital at October 1, 1994 increased $55.9 million from
 January 1, 1994 due mainly to higher receivables offset by current
 maturities of long-term debt.  Receivables normally peak in September and
 October and begin to decline in December as shipment volume decreases and
 cash is collected.  Net accounts receivable increased $64.0 million from
 January 1, 1994 to October 1, 1994 due to the seasonality of activewear
 shipments.

 Inventories traditionally increase during the first half of the year to
 support second-half shipments.  In 1994, inventories peaked on July 2, 1994
 at $206.5 million and then dropped to $165.6 million on October 1, 1994.
 The average month-end inventory level for the nine months ended October 1,
 1994 of $185.5 million was 4.7% or $8.4 million higher than the average
 month-end inventory level for the comparable period in 1993 due to excess
 capacity in the industry and weak demand in late 1993 which continued
 through the spring of 1994.  However, as of October 1, 1994, inventories
 had decreased by approximately $23.7 million or 12.5% from October 2, 1993,
 while sales had increased 4.9% in the first nine months of 1994 as compared
 to the same period in 1993.

 The Current Ratio (ratio of current assets to current liabilities) at
 October 1, 1994 was 4.9 compared to 6.4 at January 1, 1994.  The decrease
 in the current ratio between October 1, 1994 and January 1, 1994 was due
 mainly to higher current maturities of long-term debt.

 On October 6, 1993, the Company began operating with a two-year $225
 million revolving credit facility which replaced the Company's short-term
 credit lines.  Total long-term debt at October 1, 1994 consisted primarily
 of the 8 7/8% Notes totalling $95 million, $192 million outstanding under the
 revolving credit facility and $18 million due under the Term Loan.  The
 Company's average credit facility borrowings during fiscal 1994 were $155
 million and its peak borrowing was $192 million during September 1994.  The
 current portion of long-term debt includes $19 million of the 8 7/8% Notes and
 a total of $9 million, due in equal quarterly payments of approximately $2
 million each, under the Term Loan.  At October 1, 1994, the Company was in
 compliance with, or had obtained waivers for violations of, all debt
 covenants.

 Net proceeds from this Offering will be used to repay in full the 8 7/8% Notes
 and the Term Loan.  The Company believes that the longer maturities and the
 increased covenant flexibility provided under the terms of the Notes will
 allow the Company to continue to increase its long-term investment in brand
 promotion and higher-margin products.  See "Use of Proceeds and
 Refinancing."

 For the first nine months of 1994 net cash used by operations decreased
 $23.6 million or 30.6% compared to the same period in 1993 from $77 million
 to $53.4 million.  The reduced need for operating cash was due to reduced
 inventory partially offset by higher accounts receivable.  Cash used for
 capital expenditures decreased $13.5 million or 65.5% for the first nine
 months of 1994 compared to the same period in 1993 from $20.6 million to
 $7.1 million.  The Company has budgeted approximately $15 million for
 capital expenditures in fiscal 1995.  Cash provided by financing activities
 decreased $31.6 million or 31.8% for the first nine months of 1993 from
 $99.5 million to $67.9 million as a result of lower net borrowings offset
 by lower dividend payments in 1994.  The Company expects that annual cash
 flows from operations, supplemented by borrowings under the Senior Credit
 Facility, will be adequate to support its cash requirements.

 Stockholders' Equity decreased $1.8 million during the first nine months of
 1994 primarily due to the net loss for the period of $0.5 million and cash
 dividends of $1.8 million offset by $0.5 million net proceeds from a new
 employee stock purchase plan.  On April 13, 1994, the Board of Directors
 suspended further dividend payments until such time as cash flow and
 profitability are sufficient to support them.  Accumulated dividends on the
 Company's 5% Cumulative Preferred Stock and Cumulative Convertible Preferred
 Stock, $7.50 Series B totalled $567,500 at October 1, 1994.

                                   Business

 General

 Tultex Corporation is one of the world's largest marketers and
 manufacturers of activewear and licensed sports apparel for consumers and
 sports enthusiasts.  The Company's diverse product line includes fleeced
 sweats, jersey products (outerwear T-shirts), jackets and caps.  These
 products are sold under the Company's own brands led by the Discus Athletic
 and Logo Athletic premium labels and under private labels, including Nike,
 Levi Strauss, Reebok and Pro Spirit. In addition, the Company has numerous
 professional and college sports licenses to manufacture and market
 embroidered and screen-printed products with team logos and designs under
 its Logo Athletic and Logo 7 brands.  The Company is a "super" licensee of
 professional sports apparel, holding licenses from the National Football
 League ("NFL"), MLB, the National Basketball Association ("NBA") and the
 NHL to manufacture a full range of apparel for adults and children.

 Historically, Tultex has been a producer of quality fleece products for
 sale to distributors and resale to consumers under private labels.
 However, in the 1980s, the activewear industry began to change.  Increasing
 consumer demand reflecting more active and casual lifestyles and the
 industry's historically good long-term growth prospects and low fashion
 risk as compared to other apparel products, attracted large, well-financed
 companies which acquired competitors of the Company.  Simultaneously,
 larger mass merchandise retailers began to exert pressure on margins for
 lower-priced fleece products.

 In recent years, Tultex has initiated a strategy to enhance its
 competitiveness and to capitalize on growth opportunities by becoming a
 consumer-oriented apparel maker able to compete in a changing industry.
 This strategy includes the following elements:

 (bullet)  Increasing Emphasis on Higher-Margin Products.  The Company is
           strengthening its competitiveness in the activewear business
           through (i) the development of branded and private label, higher-
           quality and higher-margin products to supplement its
           traditionally strong position in the lower-priced segment of the
           business and (ii) since 1991, the manufacture of jersey products.
           The Company is developing its own brands, promoting Discus
           Athletic for its premium products and using the Tultex label for
           the value-oriented segment of the market.   Discus Athletic's
           highly visible sponsorship of college football and basketball on
           the ESPN and ABC television networks and Atlantic Coast
           Conference basketball has contributed to significant annual
           increases in sales of this brand since 1992.  In addition, Tultex
           has partnering arrangements to supply higher-quality, private
           label products to companies such as Reebok, Levi Strauss and
           Nike.

 (bullet)  Expanding into Licensed Apparel Business to Complement Activewear
           Business.  Tultex's 1992 acquisitions of Logo 7, a marketer of
           licensed sports apparel, and Universal Industries, Inc., a
           marketer of sports and entertainment licensed headwear, enabled
           the Company to achieve the fourth largest market share in the
           higher-margin licensed apparel business in 1993, and have created
           opportunities for significant manufacturing and distribution
           synergies with the Company's activewear business.  The promotion
           of the Logo Athletic brand of licensed apparel through television
           and print advertising, as well as promotional arrangements
           featuring Dallas Cowboys' quarterback Troy Aikman, San Francisco
           49ers' quarterback Steve Young, Miami Dolphins' quarterback Dan
           Marino, the Chicago Black Hawks' Chris Chelios and the Washington
           Bullets' Chris Webber, among others, has helped to increase the
           visibility and sales of Logo Athletic products.

 (bullet)  Increasing Distribution Channels and Strengthening Customer
           Relationships. Tultex actively pursues strong relationships with
           department, sporting goods and other specialty stores, such as
           Sears, JC Penney, Modell's, Dillard's, Foot Locker, Champs and
           Sports Authority, to distribute its higher margin branded and
           private label products.  In addition, the Company continues to
           strengthen its relationships with high volume retailers such as
           Wal-Mart, Kmart and Target through private label and Tultex
           products. Tultex strives to provide its customers with
           exceptional service support; for example, its distribution
           capabilities are highly responsive to customers' changing
           delivery and inventory management requirements.

 (bullet)  Investing in Modern Distribution and Production Facilities.
           Between January 1, 1988 and October 1, 1994, Tultex made
           approximately $189 million in capital expenditures, investing
           primarily in the construction of its customer service center and
           in high-efficiency spinning, knitting, dyeing, cutting and
           embroidering machinery.  In 1991, Tultex began operating the
           customer service center, which the Company believes is the most
           highly automated in the industry.  Having made significant
           investments in its distribution and production facilities, the
           Company's average annual capital expenditures are not expected to
           exceed approximately $20 million annually through 1997.

 The Company's strategy has helped contribute to an improved sales mix.
 While total sales increased 4.9% in the first nine months of 1994 over the
 comparable period in 1993, sales of Discus Athletic activewear and premium
 private label sweats under the Nike, Levi Strauss and Reebok names
 increased 45.9% to $51.2 million and sales of Logo Athletic licensed
 apparel increased 265% to $45.5 million.  Sales of jersey products were
 $38.9 million for the nine months ended October 1, 1994, representing 17.3%
 of the Company's activewear sales during such period compared to 13.2% for
 the same period in 1993.  However, reduced consumer demand for activewear
 and an oversupply of activewear in retail inventories in the first half of
 1994, the MLB strike, the NHL lockout and higher raw material costs
 adversely affected Tultex's results of operations in the first nine months
 of 1994.

 The Company's activewear business is vertically integrated, spinning
 approximately 80-85% of the yarn it requires in three yarn plants located
 in North Carolina (the balance is purchased under yarn supply contracts)
 and knitting, dyeing and cutting fabric and sewing finished goods in 11
 plants in Virginia and North Carolina and one plant in Jamaica.  The
 Company's licensed sports operations are conducted from one plant in
 Indiana and one plant in Massachusetts.

 Industry

 The Company produces activewear and licensed apparel and headwear for sale
 at a broad range of price points through all major distribution channels.

 Activewear

 The Company's activewear business consists of its fleecewear and jersey
 products.  All activewear industry and market share data included herein
 has been estimated by the Company based on data provided by Market Research
 Corporation of America, a leading provider of market information on the
 textile industry.

 Fleecewear.  The fleecewear industry, with retail sales of approximately
 $9.1 billion in 1993, has grown 12.8% in unit sales from 1989 to 1993 and
 has experienced a 3.1% compound annual growth rate in unit sales during
 this period.  The predominant fleecewear products are sweatshirts and
 bottoms.

 The basic fleecewear industry is characterized by:

(bullet) low fashion risk - although fashion detailing changes often, basic
         garment styles are not driven by trends or fads;

(bullet) long-term growth - industry sales volume is estimated to have grown
         from 697.4 million units in 1989 to 786.9 million units in 1993, though
         this growth has been punctuated with periodic downturns related to
         external events such as reduced retailer commitment for activewear
         during the Gulf War and the lower consumer demand prevailing in late
         1993 to early 1994;

(bullet) entry by well-financed acquirors - new entrants have been attracted by
         the industry's long-term growth and have been able to make the large
         initial capital investments for manufacturing;

(bullet) barriers to entry - barriers include large required capital
         investments, and growing importance of brand-name recognition and
         established customer relationships; and

(bullet) low threat of imports - the low labor portion of the cost of
         manufacturing fleecewear and the short delivery times required for
         inventory control by retail customers reduce the threat of competition
         from imports.

 Sales of fleeced apparel experienced significant growth during the late
 1970s and 1980s due to the increased pursuit of physical fitness and active
 lifestyles and the related rise in popularity and acceptance of
 sweatshirts, jersey apparel and other types of athletic clothing as
 "streetwear."  Moreover, fleecewear products have registered significant
 improvements in fabric weights, blends, quality of construction, size,
 style, and color availability over the past few years, which has
 contributed to this growth in demand.  In particular, garments are sized
 larger and typically use heavier, more shrink-resistant fabrics.  In
 addition, acrylic-dominant blends have been supplanted by polyester-
 dominant and cotton-dominant blends.  Despite these upgrades in product
 specifications, retail prices have remained relatively flat in real terms
 due to improvements in manufacturing technology and competitive pressures.

 Fleecewear exhibits a marked seasonality.  For example, over the past three
 fiscal years, an average of 72% of the Company's fleecewear unit sales have
 occurred in the third and fourth quarters.

 Jersey (Outerwear T-shirts).  Unit retail sales of jersey products has
 grown 32.6% over the past five years and in 1993 totaled $6.7 billion, or
 66 million units.  Like fleecewear, the industry characteristics of jersey
 apparel include low fashion risk and long-term growth.  Imports are a
 greater threat as the weight/labor ratio and the freight costs involved are
 lower for jersey products than for fleecewear; however, the ability to
 produce large volumes with short delivery times gives domestic
 manufacturers an advantage over import competition in both fleecewear and
 jersey apparel.

 Industry Makeup and Retail Channels.  In 1993, the five largest fleece
 manufacturers together accounted for an estimated 26.7% of the branded
 market in the fleecewear industry.  The retail jersey industry also is
 fragmented.  The activewear industry has been characterized since the 1980s
 by the acquisition of existing competitors by larger companies with
 substantial financial resources and manufacturing and distribution
 capabilities.  These factors and the resulting price reductions and
 inventory build-ups have adversely affected participants in the activewear
 industry, including Tultex, particularly with respect to the fleecewear
 industry.  In response, several competitors announced reductions in
 fleecewear manufacturing capacity during 1993 and 1994.  While fleeced
 apparel pricing has improved and inventory levels have recovered to more
 typical levels in the second half of 1994, there can be no assurance that
 these market conditions will continue.  Fleecewear is distributed through
 department stores, chain stores and sporting goods stores, although mass
 merchandisers, wholesale clubs, and other discount retailers represent a
 dominant and growing percentage of the total fleecewear market.

 Competitive Factors.  The Company believes that price and quality are the
 primary factors in consumer purchasing decisions.  Brand name is often a
 proxy for quality; as a result, those companies with brand name recognition
 enjoy increased sales from this competitive advantage, as mass
 merchandisers, department store chains, and wholesale clubs are requiring
 more branded than private label activewear.

 Licensed Apparel

 Estimated wholesale sales of professional sports licensed apparel
 (including headwear) for 1993 were approximately $1.9 billion, according to
 Sports Style Magazine, an industry publication.  In general, the Company
 believes that the prospects for its continued growth in this market are
 good, although growth is expected to be less rapid than in recent years due
 to increased competition.  The continually changing fortunes of existing
 teams, together with the introduction of new franchises, has made the
 market extremely dynamic, as interest in each team fluctuates with its
 performance.  Manufacturers, such as the Company, with the capacity to
 respond quickly to these changes with new products and designs, enjoy a
 competitive advantage over smaller competitors.  The MLB players' strike
 and the NHL lockout, which was settled on January 13, 1995, have adversely
 affected sales of items bearing these marks, and the MLB players' strike
 will continue to adversely affect sales of MLB products until this dispute
 is resolved.  The Company expects that consumer demand for NHL products
 and, once play resumes, MLB products will rebound, but may recover slowly.
 There can be no assurance that the MLB dispute will be resolved in the near
 future or that sales of MLB and NHL products will increase or return to
 prior levels.

 Industry Makeup and Retail Channels.  The industry has expanded rapidly
 over the past three years, with the professional sports leagues granting
 large numbers of licenses.  With this proliferation of licenses, individual
 competitor's sales growth slowed, though the top companies continued to
 gain market share.  After giving effect to industry consolidation,
 management estimates that at the end of 1993, the top four companies would
 have accounted for approximately 65% of the market, with Starter
 Corporation, VF Corporation (Nutmeg Mills, Inc. and H.H. Cutler Sports
 Apparel), Fruit of the Loom (Artex, Salem Sportswear and Pro Player) and
 Tultex accounting for approximately 19.2%, 18.0%, 15.0% and 13.7% of
 wholesale industry sales in 1993, respectively, according to Sports Style
 Magazine.  No other company had more than 10% of the market.  Imports of
 finished goods purchased by retailers directly or through import companies
 do not represent a significant factor in the industry as a whole, since
 there are no foreign licensees.  However, all of the larger domestic
 companies competing in the market do use significant off-shore sourcing of
 finished outerwear goods.  Licensed apparel products are generally sold
 through the same retail channels as activewear.

 Competitive Factors.  There are significant barriers to entering the
 licensed sports apparel industry and expanding such a business to
 significant size.  After expanding the number of licensees rapidly in
 recent years, the licensing associations have begun to consolidate their
 relationships with existing manufacturers and appear less likely to enter
 into licensing agreements with new entrants.  New entrants would be
 required to devote considerable resources to developing their product mix
 and sales and distribution capabilities to compete effectively.  Like the
 activewear industry, the licensed apparel industry has been characterized
 in recent years by the acquisition of existing competitors by larger
 companies with substantial financial resources and manufacturing and
 distribution capabilities, such as VF Corporation, which acquired Nutmeg
 Mills, Inc. in 1994, Fruit of the Loom, Inc.'s acquisition of Salem
 Sportswear, Inc. in 1993, and Nike's acquisition of Sports Specialties,
 Inc. in 1993.

 Company Products

 Activewear

 The principal activewear products of the Company are fleeced knitwear items
 such as sweatshirts, jogging suits, hooded jackets, headwear and jersey
 apparel for work and casual wear.  The Company manufactures apparel
 products principally under the Discus Athletic and Tultex brands.  Products
 carrying the Discus Athletic name are marketed for sale to chains such as
 Foot Locker, department stores such as Sears and sporting goods stores,
 while Tultex products are marketed for sale to mass merchandisers such as
 Wal-Mart and wholesale clubs such as Sam's.  The Company is licensed to
 manufacture and market adult fleecewear under the Britannia  trademark
 owned by Levi Strauss & Co.  The Company also manufactures private-label
 products for sale under many labels, including Nike, Levi Strauss, Reebok
 and Pro Spirit.

 Licensed Apparel and Headwear

 The Company's licensed products include jackets, sweats, T-shirts,
 baseball-style caps and other headwear, embroidered or imprinted with
 professional and college sports and entertainment-related licensed designs
 and logos.  These products are marketed under the Logo Athletic and Logo 7
 brands.  Under the Logo Athletic name, the Company offers premium-quality
 jackets, caps and other activewear, including NFL "Pro-Line" authentic
 sideline gear and NBA "Authentics" apparel.  Tultex, through Logo 7,
 acquired Pro-Line status from the NFL in 1993, a flagship program entitling
 the Company to sell products identical to those worn on the sidelines by
 NFL players and coaches.  Under the terms of the four-year contract, the
 Company markets Pro-Line products at retail for all 30 NFL teams.  NBA
 "Authentics" products are identical to those worn by players, coaches and
 managers during competition. The Company's NFL Pro-Line and NBA Authentics
 products prominently feature the Logo Athletic name and trademark, which
 the Company believes are key elements in developing the Logo Athletic
 brand.  Under the Logo 7 brand, the Company offers moderately-priced
 outerwear, fleecewear, T-shirts and caps with licensed designs and logos.
 The Company also sells popularly-priced licensed fleecewear, jersey apparel
 and headwear.

 Customers; Marketing and Sales

 Customers

 The Company offers a diverse product line for sale at a full range of price
 points through all major distribution channels.  Customers include chain
 stores such as Foot Locker, department stores such as Sears and J.C.
 Penney, sporting goods stores, and mass merchandisers such as Target, Wal-
 Mart and Kmart.  The Company's higher-quality fleecewear and jersey
 products, including the Company's premium Discus Athletic and Logo Athletic
 brands, are sold primarily through department and specialty stores and
 mail-order distribution channels rather than through mass merchandisers and
 wholesale clubs, thereby enabling Tultex to enhance the image of these
 branded and private label products and achieve higher margins.  The Tultex
 and Logo 7 brands are marketed to a broader range of channels, including
 mass merchandisers and wholesale clubs that compete more on price than
 brand.  While no single customer accounted for more than 10% of sales in
 the first three quarters of 1994, the Company's top four customers together
 accounted for approximately 28% of sales.  The following chart details the
 distribution channels for the Company's branded products.


  Brands           Products              Distribution Channels

  Discus Athletic  Fleece and jersey     Sporting goods specialty
                   activewear            stores and chain stores
                                         (Sports Authority,
                                         Modell's), retail chains
                                         (Sears), international
                                         distributors and sales
                                         agencies (Nissan
                                         Trading)
  Tultex           Fleece and jersey     Mass merchants (Kmart,
                   activewear            Wal-Mart), retail chains
                                         (Montgomery Ward),
                                         regional discounters
                                         (Shopko, Hart's),
                                         distributors and mass
                                         merchant screenprinters
                                         (California Shirt Sales,
                                         T-Shirt City, PM
                                         Enterprises), wholesale
                                         clubs (Sam's)

  Logo Athletic    Licensed activewear,  Retail chains (JC
                   outerwear and         Penney, Sears), sporting
                   headwear              goods specialty stores
                                         (Champs, Foot Locker),
                                         department stores
                                         (Dillard's, Mercantile)

  Logo 7           Licensed activewear,  Mass merchants (Kmart,
                   outerwear and         Target), distributors
                   headwear              (West Coast Novelties),
                                         wholesale clubs (Sam's)


 Marketing and Sales

 The Company has shifted its marketing strategy in recent years to focus on
 the development of its own brands and sales through distribution channels
 that support higher margins.  In particular, the Company has devoted
 significant resources to the promotion of its Discus Athletic and Logo
 Athletic brands.

 In 1993, the Company began conducting advertising campaigns to promote its
 Discus Athletic and Logo Athletic brands.  The Discus Athletic advertising
 campaign emphasizes quality and the usefulness of the product for many
 sports.  The Company believes that this positioning effectively
 differentiates the Discus Athletic line from competing specialized lines
 with powerful brand associations.  To reinforce the association of the
 brand with competitive athletics, Discus Athletic sponsors ESPN's college
 football and basketball programs, ABC's college basketball program and
 Atlantic Coast Conference and Big 10 basketball.  Print advertising has
 appeared in Sports Illustrated, Street & Smith's, Details, Gentleman's
 Quarterly and Rolling Stone.  The Company believes these placements are
 particularly effective in reaching college sports enthusiasts, an important
 part of the Company's target market.

 The Logo Athletic campaign focuses on establishing the "authenticity" of
 Logo Athletic products.  The Company believes that licensed apparel sales
 benefit substantially from the perception that products are the same as
 those worn by professional sports stars.  Logo Athletic acquired NFL Pro-
 Line status in 1993.  To provide visibility and reinforce this
 authenticity, the Company provided sideline garments and caps prominently
 featuring the Logo Athletic trademark for five NFL teams in 1994, the Green
 Bay Packers, Indianapolis Colts, Los Angeles Rams, Phoenix Cardinals and
 Tampa Bay Buccaneers, as well as for several NFL All-Pro players, such as
 San Francisco 49ers' quarterback Steve Young, Miami Dolphins' quarterback
 Dan Marino and Green Bay Packers' defensive lineman Reggie White.  The "Get
 Real" series of television advertisements features Dallas Cowboys'
 quarterback Troy Aikman, NBA star Chris Webber and NHL All-Star Chris
 Chelios, all wearing Logo Athletic gear and encouraging consumers to "Get
 Real" with Logo Athletic.  The Company participates in the NBA Authentics
 program and provides ball-boy garments featuring the Logo Athletic
 trademark to the Boston Celtics, Denver Nuggets, Indiana Pacers and
 Minnesota Timberwolves for use during games.  The Company also has become
 recognized as a prominent designer and supplier of distinctive "locker
 room" caps bearing championship team logos and carrying the highly visible
 Logo Athletic trademark.

 Advertising expenditures were $12.3 million and $17.1 million in 1993 and
 1994, respectively, of which $10.0 million and $14.7 million, respectively,
 were expensed in those years.  The advertising expense budget for 1995 is
 $21.8 million.

 New product introductions are important to the Company's licensed apparel
 business and are undertaken to generate consumer excitement and demand.
 Logo 7's creative design team, in cooperation with key customers and
 licensors, continually develops and introduces new products and styles.
 For example, the "shark's tooth" design featured on certain Logo Athletic
 caps and jackets has been extremely successful and is in high demand.  The
 Company is able to react quickly to changing team fortunes, designing new
 products to capitalize on shifts in popularity and delivering those
 products to the market rapidly, sometimes in a matter of hours.  During
 major professional and collegiate sporting events, such as the Super Bowl,
 the Company produces on-site decorated products with championship logos of
 the winning teams for immediate distribution and sale at the event.

 The Company's marketing methods for other products are typical of producers
 of basic clothing products.  Its merchandising department keeps abreast of
 current fashionable styles and colors.  After internal reviews by
 manufacturing departments, selected customers preview and comment upon
 prototype garments before the merchandising department determines those to
 be presented in sales catalogs.  Production is planned on orders received
 and anticipated customer orders for these garments.

 As of December 31, 1994, Tultex operated a sales office in each of New
 York, Boston, Chicago, Seattle, Orlando and Los Angeles and a Discus
 Athletic showroom in New York City.  These offices are the primary points
 of contact for customers and coordinate sales, distribution of sales
 information, certain advertising, point-of-sale displays and customer
 service.  The Company also employs eight independent sales representatives
 to market its Discus Athletic line in the fragmented sporting goods market.
 Logo 7's products are marketed through a sales force of 50 people,
 including Logo 7 employees and independent sales representatives.  In 1992,
 the Company entered into an agreement with Nissan Trading Co., Ltd., a
 subsidiary of Nissan Motor Co., to market and sell the Company's products
 in Japan.  While international sales were immaterial in 1994, this venture
 experienced strong sales growth over the prior year.

 At December 31, 1994, Dominion Stores, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary,
 operated 14 outlet stores in North Carolina, Virginia and West Virginia,
 which sell surplus Company apparel and apparel items of other
 manufacturers, and operated 32 The Sweatshirt Company retail stores in 19
 states, which primarily sell first-quality Company-made products and
 accessories.  Dominion Stores' total sales in the first nine months of 1994
 were approximately $12 million.

 Licenses

 Most of the Company's licensed products are sold through Logo 7.  The
 Company is a "super" licensee of professional sports apparel, maintaining a
 full complement of licenses with all of the major North American
 professional sports leagues -- the NFL, MLB, the NBA and the NHL -- and the
 Collegiate Licensing Company.  The Company also holds licenses for World
 Cup Soccer 1994, NASCAR, the 1996 Summer Olympics in Atlanta and
 entertainment-related products.  These licenses require the payment of
 royalties ranging from 5% to 15% of sales with annual guaranteed royalties
 aggregating approximately $11.5 million.  The Company's major licenses with
 the NFL, NBA and NHL expire in 1997 and the MLB license expires in 1995.
 The Company is licensed to manufacture and market adult fleecewear under
 the Britannia  trademark owned by Levi Strauss & Co.

 The Company's ability to compete is dependent on its ability to obtain and
 renew licenses, particularly those from the major professional sports
 leagues.  The Company enjoys long-standing relationships with its major
 league licensees, having been awarded its first licenses with the NFL in
 1971, with the NBA in 1977, with MLB in 1980 and with the NHL in 1988.  The
 Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to successfully
 renew these licenses.  While the Company has enjoyed long, successful and
 uninterrupted licensing relationships with its professional and collegiate
 athletic licensors, if a significant license or licenses were not renewed
 or replaced, the Company's sales would likely be materially and adversely
 affected.  In addition, the Company's material licenses are non-exclusive
 and new or existing competitors may obtain similar licenses.

 Manufacturing

 Because consumer value is a key competitive factor in the activewear
 industry, Tultex has focused on being a low-cost producer of quality goods.
 The Company pursues this goal through cost reduction measures, plant
 modernization and improvement of garment characteristics, such as
 increasing the range of garment sizes, cloth weight, durability, style and
 comfort to meet consumer demands.

 Implementation of modern information systems and inventory cost control
 measures have allowed the closing or sale of several costlier, less
 efficient plants, including the Company's December 1994 sale of its yarn
 production plant in Rockingham, North Carolina.  Savings are achieved
 through lower average production costs in the more modern facilities and
 higher capacity utilization in the remaining plants.

 The Company's manufacturing process consists of:  yarn production; fabric
 construction including knitting, dyeing and finishing operations; apparel
 manufacturing including cutting and sewing operations; and, for garments
 with logos, screenprint and embroidery operations.  As a result of its
 modernization efforts, the Company believes that its manufacturing
 facilities are outfitted with some of the most efficient and
 technologically-advanced equipment in the industry.

 Between January 1, 1988 and October 1, 1994, the Company invested
 approximately $189 million to open new facilities, including sewing
 facilities in Roanoke, Virginia and Montego Bay, Jamaica (a leased
 facility), and the highly automated customer service center in
 Martinsville, Virginia, and to modernize other facilities.  Open-end
 spinning frames were acquired to increase yarn production and reduce costs,
 higher color quality and lower dyeing costs were achieved from the
 installation of new jet dyeing equipment, new dryers were added in the
 fabric finishing process, automated cutting machines were introduced, and
 new information systems were implemented.

 Tultex's highly-automated customer service center, opened in 1991, has
 greatly expanded the Company's distribution capabilities.  The customer
 service center allows the Company to package and ship its products
 according to the more detailed color, size and quantity specifications
 typically required by high-margin retailers and department stores and has
 permitted consolidation of the Company's warehouses.  However, the customer
 service center currently is underutilized during the first half of the year
 and has significantly contributed to the Company's fixed costs.  Management
 believes that its strategy of increasing sales of higher-margin retail
 products, which require more sophisticated packaging, will result in
 improved utilization of the customer service center.

 In spring 1992, Logo 7 moved its operations to a newly-constructed, leased
 facility built to Logo 7's specifications.  This 650,000 square foot
 building allowed Logo 7 to centralize operations, increase inventory
 control, improve material flow and will allow for future expansion.

 Tultex manufactures yarn at three facilities located in North Carolina,
 which have a combined production capacity of 1.3 million pounds per week,
 utilizing modern, open-end spinning frames.  For its knitting operations,
 Tultex operates approximately 500 modern high-speed, latch-needle circular
 knitting machines, which produce various types of fabrics.  The Company
 believes its dyeing operations are among the most modern and
 technologically efficient in the industry; dyeing operations are computer-
 controlled, allowing precise duplication of dyeing procedures to ensure
 "shade repeatability" and color-fast properties.  The finishing operations
 employ mechanical squeezing and steaming equipment.

 The Martinsville cutting facility uses advanced Bierrebi automatic
 continuous cutting machines with computer-controlled hydraulic die-cutting
 heads and "lay-up" machines and high-speed reciprocating knives.  Sewing
 production at the Company's nine sewing facilities is organized on an
 assembly-line basis.

 The Company has incorporated sophisticated systems into several key areas
 of the manufacturing process.  The Company relies on a knitting ticket
 system to track and report the manufacturing process from yarn inventory
 through the knitting of individual rolls of fabric into greige cloth
 storage.  From this point, the shop floor control module of the Cullinet
 manufacturing system monitors and reports the movement of each production
 lot through the operations of dyeing, finishing, cutting and sewing.  Each
 sewing plant then electronically transmits an advance shipping notice to
 the automated customer service center so the distribution planning module
 at the center can plan the arrival and storage/packing of the sewn
 garments.  Frontier knitting monitor systems, cutting production systems,
 and sewing production systems use computer-based data collection on each
 knitting, cutting, and sewing machine to monitor machine and operator
 efficiency, data that is useful for quality control, incentive-based
 payroll data, and production management information.

 The Company decorates its unfinished licensed apparel products using
 screenprinting or embroidery at Logo 7's facilities in Indianapolis and
 Universal's facilities in Massachusetts.  It uses automatic silkscreen
 machines and dryers for longer runs and hand-operated presses for shorter
 or more complicated runs.  The embroidering is carried out using high-
 speed, computerized stitching equipment.  The Company believes its graphics
 and creative design capabilities help to distinguish its products from
 those of its competitors.

 The Company's order backlog at December 31, 1993 was approximately $67
 million and at October 1, 1994 was approximately $163 million.  Backlogs
 are computed from orders on hand at the last day of each fiscal period.
 The Company believes that due to the seasonality of the Company's business
 and the just-in-time nature of much of the Company's sales, order backlogs
 are not a reliable indicator of future sales volume.

 Raw Materials

 The Company's principal raw materials for the production of activewear are
 cotton and polyester.  Cotton content in fleecewear typically is 50% and in
 jersey apparel typically is 100%.  The Company is producing increasing
 amounts of fleecewear containing 90-100% cotton.  Fleecewear and jersey
 manufacturers are extremely sensitive to fluctuations in cotton and
 polyester prices as these materials represent approximately 30% of the
 manufacturing cost of the product.  In addition, the Company is indirectly
 impacted by increasing costs of raw materials in its licensed apparel
 business because the Company purchases finished goods containing cotton and
 polyester and these higher raw materials costs often are effectively passed
 on to the Company.  Cotton prices increased significantly (approximately
 22%) in the first nine months of 1994 over its 1993 level.  The Company
 expects cotton and polyester prices to continue to rise somewhat in 1995.
 For the first nine months of 1994 the Company's average price per pound of
 cotton was $0.73, compared with $0.60 in 1993, and the average price per
 pound of polyester was $0.63 for the same period in 1993, compared with
 $0.67 in 1994.  In 1995, Tultex expects to use approximately 60 million
 pounds of raw cotton and 20 million pounds of polyester staple in its
 manufacture of fleecewear and jersey apparel.  Tultex makes advance
 purchases of raw cotton based on projected demand.  The Company has
 purchased substantially all of its raw cotton needs for 1995 and has fixed
 the price on approximately 30% of such cotton.

 Trademarks

 The Company increasingly promotes and relies upon its trademarks, including
 Discus Athletic, Logo Athletic, Tultex, and Logo 7, which are registered in
 the United States and many foreign countries.

 Seasonality

 The Company's business is seasonal.  The majority of fleecewear sales occur
 in the third and fourth quarters, coinciding with cooler weather and the
 playing seasons of popular professional and college sports.  Jersey sales
 peak in the second and third quarters of the year, somewhat offsetting the
 seasonality of fleecewear sales.

 Environmental Matters

 The Company is subject to various federal, state and local environmental
 laws and regulations governing, among other things, the discharge, storage,
 handling and disposal of a variety of hazardous and nonhazardous substances
 and wastes used in or resulting from its operations, including, but not
 limited to, the Water Pollution Control Act, as amended; the Clean Air Act,
 as amended; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended; the
 Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended; and the Comprehensive
 Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 The Company returns dyeing wastes for treatment to the City of
 Martinsville, Virginia's municipal wastewater treatment systems operated
 pursuant to a permit issued by the state.  The city has filed a timely
 application to renew its permit.  In 1989, the city adopted a plan for
 removing the coloration, caused by the dye wastes, from the water by using
 polymer chemicals to combine with the extremely small particles of the dye
 to create a sludge-like substance that can be retrieved from the water at
 the city's wastewater treatment plant and disposed of as a non-hazardous
 waste in the city's landfill.  To cover the cost to the city, the Company
 pays 50 to 80 cents per thousand gallons of water above regular water
 costs.  The expenditures required do not have a material effect on the
 Company's earnings or competitive position.

 The Company's operations also are governed by laws and regulations relating
 to employee safety and health, principally the Occupational Safety and
 Health Act and regulations thereunder, which, among other things, establish
 exposure limitations for cotton dust, formaldehyde, asbestos and noise, and
 regulate chemical and ergonomic hazards in the workplace.

 The Company believes that it is in material compliance with the
 aforementioned laws and regulations and does not expect that future
 compliance will have a material adverse effect on its capital expenditures,
 earnings or competitive position in the foreseeable future.  However, there
 can be no assurances that environmental and other legal requirements will
 not become more stringent in the future or that the Company will not incur
 significant costs in the future to comply with such requirements.

 Litigation

 The Company is not currently a party to any legal proceedings the result of
 which it believes could have a material adverse impact on its business or
 financial condition.

 Employees

 The Company had approximately 6,933 employees at December 31, 1994, of
 which 6,043 or 87% were paid hourly.

 In August 1994, hourly employees at the Company's Martinsville, Virginia
 facilities voted for representation by the Amalgamated Clothing and Textile
 Workers Union.  The Company currently is negotiating a labor contract with
 the union, which would cover all hourly employees at the Martinsville
 facilities.  As of December 31, 1994, the Company's approximately 2,200
 hourly employees in Martinsville accounted for approximately 32% of the
 Company's total employees and approximately 36% of the Company's hourly
 employees.  See "Certain Considerations -- Unionization of Hourly Workers
 at Martinsville Facilities."  None of the Company's other employees are
 represented by a union.  The following table summarizes the approximate
 number of employees in the Company's principal divisions at December 31,
 1994 and January 1, 1994.

 <TABLE>
                                   December 31, 1994                      January 1, 1994
 Division                       Salary   Hourly     Total        Salary     Hourly    Total
 <S>                            <C>      <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>
 Activewear                     743      5,380      6,123          866      5,794     6,660
 Licensed Apparel               104        503        607           94        541       635
 Licensed Headwear               43        160        203           43        175       218
 Total                          890      6,043      6,933        1,003      6,510     7,513

 </TABLE>

 Properties

 Almost all of the Company's principal physical facilities (other than those
 of Logo 7 and Universal) are located in Virginia and North Carolina, within
 a 150-mile radius of the City of Martinsville.  All buildings are well-
 maintained.   The Company and its subsidiaries also lease sales offices and
 retail outlets in major cities from coast to coast.  The location,
 approximate size and use of the Company's principal owned properties are
 summarized in the following table:


                      Square
  Location            Footage          Use

  Martinsville, VA       45,200        Administrative offices
  Martinsville, VA    1,100,000        Manufacturing (apparel)
  Koehler, VA            60,000        Warehousing
  Martinsville, VA       70,000        Warehousing
  South Boston, Va      130,000        Sewing (apparel)
  Bastian, VA            53,500        Sewing (apparel)
  Longhurst, NC         287,000        Manufacturing (yarn)
  Roxboro, NC           110,000        Manufacturing (yarn)
  Dobson, NC             38,000        Sewing (apparel)
  Mayodan, NC           612,000        Manufacturing, warehousing
                                       and shipping (yarn and
                                       apparel)
  Vinton, VA             50,000        Sewing (apparel)
  Martinsville, VA      502,200        Warehousing and shipping
                                       (apparel)
  Mattapoisett, MA      116,250        Distribution (headwear)

 The following table presents certain information relating to the Company's
 principal leased facilities:
 <TABLE>
                                         Lease            Current
                          Square         Expiration       Annual
 Location                 Footage        Date             Rental         Use

 <S>                      <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
 Chilhowie, VA             40,015        08/31/97        $  46,200       Sewing
                                                                         (apparel)
 Montego Bay, Jamaica      66,000        Monthly           266,040       Sewing
                                                                         (apparel)

 Marion, NC                48,760        11/02/98           95,000       Sewing
                                                                         (apparel)

 Martinsville, VA          31,000        Monthly            18,700       Warehousing
                                                                         (apparel)
 Martinsville, VA         300,000         6/1/98           684,000       Warehousing
                                                                         (apparel)

 Martinsville, VA         500,000         6/1/98           978,000       Warehousing
                                                                         (apparel)
 Indianapolis, IN         650,000         04/30/97       1,404,000       Distribution
                                                                         (licensed
                                                                         apparel)
</TABLE>

 Manufacturing equipment, substantially all of which is owned by the
 Company, includes carding, spinning and knitting machines, jet-dye
 machinery, dryers, cloth finishing machines, cutting and sewing equipment
 and automated storage/retrieval equipment.  This machinery is modern and
 kept in good repair.  The Company leases a fleet of trucks and tractor-
 trailers which are used for transportation of raw materials and for
 interplant transportation of semi-finished and finished products.

 The Company's facilities and its manufacturing equipment are considered
 adequate for its immediate needs.

                                  Management

 Board of Directors

 The members of the Company's Board of Directors are listed below:

 Name                               Age              Director Since

 Charles W. Davies, Jr.             46               1990
 Lathan M. Ewers, Jr.               53               1993
 John M. Franck                     41               1984
 William F. Franck                  77               1950
 J. Burness Frith                   78               1978
 Irving M. Groves, Jr.              65               1978
 H. Richard Hunnicutt, Jr.          56               1981
 Bruce M. Jacobson                  45               1992
 Richard M. Simmons, Jr.            68               1973
 John M. Tully                      69               1964

 Charles W. Davies, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of the Company, was
 President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company from January 1991 to
 January 1995, and Executive Vice President from December 1989 to January
 1991.  From February 1988 through November 1989, he was President and Chief
 Executive Officer of Signal Apparel Company in Chattanooga, Tennessee.
 From March 1986 to February 1988, Mr. Davies was President of Little Cotton
 Manufacturing Company in Wadesboro, North Carolina and from December 1984
 through February 1986 was Senior Vice President of Fieldcrest-Cannon in
 Kannapolis, North Carolina.

 Lathan M. Ewers, Jr. has been a partner since 1976 with Hunton & Williams,
 Richmond, Virginia, counsel to the Company.

 John M. Franck, Chairman of the Board of Directors, was Chairman of the
 Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company from January 1991 to
 January 1995, and served as President and Chief Operating Officer from
 November 1988 to January 1991.  Mr. Franck is a director of Piedmont Trust
 Bank, Martinsville, Virginia.  He is the son of William F. Franck.

 William F. Franck, Chairman Emeritus, retired December 31, 1993.  He was
 Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company from 1984 to November
 1988, and was its Chief Executive Officer from 1952 to November 1988.  Mr.
 Franck is a director of Henry County Plywood Corporation, Martinsville,
 Virginia, a plywood manufacturer.  He is the father of John M. Franck.

 J. Burness Frith was Chairman of the Board of Directors of Frith
 Construction Company, Inc., Martinsville, Virginia, from 1984 to 1993, when
 he retired.

 Irving M. Groves, Jr. retired as President, Chief Executive Officer and
 Chairman of the Board of Piedmont BankGroup Incorporated, the parent of
 Piedmont Trust Bank, Martinsville, Virginia in June 1994.  Mr. Groves was
 President of Piedmont Trust Bank, Martinsville, Virginia, from 1973 through
 December 1993, when he retired from that position.  Mr. Groves is a director of
 Hooker Furniture Corporation, Martinsville, Virginia, a furniture manufacturing
 firm, and Multitrade Group, Inc., a generator of steam energy.

 H. Richard Hunnicutt, Jr. was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
 Officer of the Company from November 1988 through December 1990, when he
 retired.  He was President and Chief Operating Officer from 1984 to 1988.

 Bruce M. Jacobson has been a partner in Katz, Sapper & Miller,
 Indianapolis, Indiana, certified public accountants, since 1977.  In
 connection with the Company's acquisition of Logo 7 on January 31, 1992 and
 the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Company agreed that so
 long as the previous shareholders of Logo 7 and their affiliates hold at
 least 3% of the voting securities of the Company (on a fully-diluted
 basis), the Company will nominate a designee of such shareholders for
 election to the Board.  Mr. Jacobson is the designee.

 Richard M. Simmons, Jr. is the retired Chairman of the Board of Virginia
 Carolina Freight Lines, Inc., Martinsville, Virginia, a trucking firm.  He
 served as Chairman of that company from 1987 until 1992.  He was a
 consultant to American Furniture Company from 1987 to 1988, and was its
 President from 1961 to 1987 and its Chairman of the Board from 1974 to
 1986.  He is a director of Piedmont BankGroup Incorporated, Piedmont Trust
 Bank and Dibrell Brothers, Inc., Danville, Virginia, tobacco manufacturers.

 John M. Tully was Treasurer of the Company from 1975 until he retired in
 1985.

 Executive Officers of the Company

 The following information is furnished concerning the executive officers of
 the Company.

 <TABLE>

 Name                    Age      Office
 <S>                     <C>      <C>
 John M. Franck          41       Chairman
 Charles W. Davies, Jr.  46       Chief Executive Officer and President
 O. Randolph Rollins     51       Executive Vice President and General Counsel
 Walter J. Caruba        47       Vice President - Marketing and Sales
 W. Jack Gardner, Jr.    51       Vice President - Operations
 B. Alvin Ratliff        49       Vice President and Service/Quality Coordinator
 Don P. Shook            56       Vice President - Human and Financial Resources
 John J. Smith           52       Vice President - Customer Service
 James M. Baker          64       Secretary - Treasurer
 Suzanne H. Wood         34       Controller
 </TABLE>

 O. Randolph Rollins became Executive Vice President and General Counsel in
 October, 1994.  Prior thereto, Mr. Rollins was a partner with the law firm
 of McGuire, Woods, Battle & Boothe, Richmond, Virginia, from 1973 to 1990
 and from January 1994 to October 1994.  From 1990 to January 1994, Mr.
 Rollins served in the Cabinet of Virginia's Governor L. Douglas Wilder,
 first as Deputy Secretary of Public Safety and from 1992 through January
 14, 1994 as Secretary of Public Safety of the Commonwealth of Virginia.
 Mr. Rollins is the brother-in-law of John M. Franck and the son-in-law of
 William F. Franck.

 Walter J. Caruba became Vice President - Marketing and Sales in September
 1992.  He served as Vice President- Distribution between October 1990 and
 September 1992.  He served as General Manager - Planning from November 1989
 to October 1990 and was Director - Production Control from December 1985 to
 November 1989.

 W. Jack Gardner, Jr. became Vice President - Operations in September 1994
 and served as General Manager - Fabric Manufacturing from January 1988
 until that time.


 B. Alvin Ratliff became Vice President and Service/Quality Coordinator in
 February 1994 and served as Vice President - Operations from December 1984
 until that time.

 Don P. Shook became Vice President - Human and Financial Resources in
 January 1994 and previously served as Vice President - Finance and
 Administration from December 1988.  Prior thereto, he served as Vice
 President - Finance from January 1987 to November 1988 and was Controller
 between December 1985 and January 1987.

 John J. Smith became Vice President - Customer Service in September 1992.
 Prior thereto, he served as Vice President - Sales and Marketing since
 December 1987 after serving as Director - Corporate Planning since May
 1987.  He was Manager - Information Systems & Services between December
 1985 and May 1987.

 James M. Baker became Secretary - Treasurer in January 1991 after serving
 as Director - External Reporting from August 1987 to January 1991.  Between
 December 1985 and August 1987, he was Director - Budgets and Financial
 Reporting.

 Suzanne H. Wood became Controller of the Company in October 1993 after
 joining the Company in June 1993.  In the ten years prior to joining the
 Company, she was employed by Price Waterhouse LLP, most recently as Audit
 Senior Manager.

 All terms of office will expire concurrently with the meeting of directors
 following the next annual meeting of stockholders at which the directors
 are elected.

 Compensation of Directors

 Directors of the Company who are not full-time employees are paid a fee of
 $2,500 for each fiscal quarter.  In addition, they are paid $1,000 for each
 Board meeting attended, $1,000 for each committee meeting attended that
 does not occur on the same date as a Board meeting, and $500 for each
 committee meeting attended that does occur on the same date as a Board
 meeting.

 Executive Compensation

 The following table presents information relating to total compensation of
 the Chief Executive Officer and the four next most highly compensated
 executive officers of the Company during the fiscal year ended December 31,
 1994.

 <TABLE>

                                                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                                 Long-Term
                                                                                 Compensation
                                       Annual Compensation                       Awards
                                                                                 Securities
                                                                                 Underlying
  Name and                                                   Other Annual        Options          All Other
  Principal Position          Year       Salary     Bonus    Compensation(1)     (shares)         Compensation(2)
  <S>                         <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>                 <C>              <C>
  John M. Franck              1994       $240,000   $--      $--                 30,000           $--
  Chairman and Chief          1993        240,000    --       --                 15,000            --
  Executive Officer           1992        240,000    --       --                      0            --

  Charles W. Davies, Jr.      1994        246,541    --       --                 30,000            --
  President and               1993        245,834    --       --                165,000            --
  Chief Operating Officer     1992        240,000    --       --                 15,000            --

  B. Alvin Ratliff            1994        163,800    --       --                 10,000            --
  Vice President and          1993        172,800    --       --                 23,000            --
  Service/Quality Coordinator 1992        172,800    --       --                 15,000            --

  John J. Smith               1994        146,400    5,636    --                 10,000            --
  Vice President -            1993        146,400    --       1,860               8,000            --
  Customer Service            1992        146,400    --       1,595              15,000            --

  Don P. Shook                1994        144,000    5,543    --                 12,500            936
  Vice President -            1993        144,000    --       --                 18,000            936
  Human and Financial         1992        144,000    --       --                 15,000            288
  Resources
  </TABLE>
  _____________
  (1)  Country club dues and fees.
  (2)  Payment of excess life insurance premium.

 The following tables present information concerning options to acquire
 Common Stock of the Company granted to the Chief Executive Officer and the
 four next most highly compensated executive officers of the Company and
 exercises of options by such persons during the fiscal year ended December
 31, 1994.

                                        OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 <TABLE>
                                                  Individual Grants
                                                                                          Potential
                                Number of    % of Total                                   Realizable Value at
                                Securities   Options                                      Assumed Annual
                                Underlying   Granted to                                   Rates of Stock Price
                                Options      Employees     Exercise                       Appreciation
                                Granted      in Fiscal     or Base      Expiration        for Option Term
  Name                          (shares)     Year          Price        Date            5%           10%
  <S>                           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>        <C>
  John M. Franck  . . . . .     30,000        7.5%         $6.00        05/19/99        $49,731    $109,892
  Charles W. Davies, Jr.  .     30,000        7.5           6.00        05/19/99         49,731     109,892
  B. Alvin Ratliff  . . . .     10,000        2.5           6.00        05/19/99         16,577      36,631
  John J. Smith . . . . . .     10,000        2.5           6.00        05/19/99         16,577      36,631
  Don P. Shook  . . . . . .     12,500        3.1           6.00        05/19/99         20,721      45,788
  </TABLE>


                             AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                                         AND FY-END OPTION VALUE
  <TABLE>
                                                               Number of Securities
                                                               Underlying Unexercised    Value of Unexercised
                                                               Options at FY-End         In-the-Money Options at
                             Shares Acquired  Value            (shares)                  FY-End
  Name                       on Exercise      Realized    Exercisable  Unexercisable  Exercisable  Unexercisable
  <S>                        <C>              <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
  John M. Franck  . . . . .  --               --          45,000       --             --           --
  Charles W. Davies, Jr.  .  --               --          95,000       150,000        --           --
  B. Alvin Ratliff  . . . .  --               --          48,000       --             --           --
  John J. Smith . . . . . .  --               --          33,000       --             --           --
  Don P. Shook  . . . . . .  --               --          45,500       --             --           --
  </TABLE>

 Employment Contracts and Employment Continuity Agreements

 The Company has entered into employment continuity agreements with John M.
 Franck, Charles W. Davies, Jr., B. Alvin Ratliff, John J. Smith, and Don P.
 Shook, which provide for their continued employment in the event of a
 change in control of the Company and the payment of compensation and
 benefits if their employment is terminated following a change in control.
 The Board of Directors believes that these agreements will enable key
 employees to conduct the Company's business with less concern for personal
 economic risk when faced with a possible change in control.  The Board
 believes the agreements also should enhance the Company's ability to
 attract new key executives as needed.

 The agreements define "change in control" as occurring when a person
 becomes the owner of 20% or more of the Company's voting securities or when
 there is a change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors,
 direct or indirect, as a result of a cash tender or exchange offer, a
 merger or other business combination, a sale of assets, a contested
 election of directors or a combination of such transactions.  Upon a change
 in control, the Company agrees to continue the employee's employment with
 responsibilities, compensation and benefits identical to or greater than
 those prior to the change in control until the earlier of the third
 anniversary following the change in control or the employee's normal
 retirement date.  If employment is terminated without cause by the Company
 during this period, or if the employee voluntarily terminates employment
 within six months after receiving lesser responsibilities, compensation or
 benefits or after being relocated without his consent, and the employee has
 made an offer to work that has been rejected by the Company, the Company
 must pay the employee compensation as follows:  (i) three times the
 employee's annual base salary as of his termination date, (ii) three times
 the employee's average incentive bonus payable for the two fiscal years
 prior to the termination date, (iii) cash or property due as a result of
 exercise of stock options, and (iv) amounts the employee is entitled to
 receive under the Company's tax-qualified benefit plans and, at the
 employee's expense, health care coverage under welfare plans.  This
 compensation will be reduced, if necessary, to assure that any payments
 would not be "excess parachute payments" under the Internal Revenue Code,
 which imposes significant penalties on payments under such severance
 agreements which equal or exceed 300% of an employee's average annual
 compensation during the five most recent taxable years ending prior to a
 change in control.  The Company must pay all legal fees and expenses
 incurred by the employee in seeking to obtain these benefits.  All
 agreements continue in effect from year to year unless the Company notifies
 the employee before an anniversary date that the agreement will terminate.
 The Company has entered into similar arrangements with other members of
 management.

 Retirement Plan

 The Company maintains for the benefit of its eligible employees a defined
 benefit pension plan qualified under section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
 Code.  The following table illustrates annual retirement benefits payable
 under the plan at the indicated final average compensation and credited
 service levels, assuming retirement at age 65 in 1995.

 <TABLE>

                                              Annual retirement benefits payable for continuous service of
  Final Average Compensation             10 years            20 years           30 years         40 years
  <S>                                     <C>                <C>                <C>              <C>
  $100,000                                $10,380            $20,760            $31,140          $36,140
   150,000                                 16,380             32,760             49,140           56,640
   200,000                                 22,380             44,760             67,140           77,140
   250,000                                 28,380             56,760             85,140           97,640
   300,000                                 34,380             68,760            103,140          118,140
   </TABLE>

 Benefits are paid to plan participants based on their final average
 compensation (as limited according to federal tax laws), years of credited
 service with the Company, and the amount of covered compensation (as
 determined by Social Security).  Benefits under the Retirement Plan are not
 subject to any deduction for Social Security or other offset amounts.
 Under current federal tax law, in 1995 compensation in excess of $150,000
 may not be taken into account for purposes of accruing benefits under the
 Retirement Plan.

 Generally, on the occurrence of a "change in control," all plan
 participants will immediately become fully vested (regardless of their
 credited service) in any accrued benefits under the plan.  All assets of
 the plan, including any assets in excess of the present value of the plan's
 liabilities, will be allocated among the plan participants as additional
 nonforfeitable benefits.  This plan defines a "change in control" as
 occurring when a person becomes the owner of more than 20% of the Company's
 voting securities or when there is a change in the majority of the Board of
 Directors, direct or indirect, as a result of a cash tender offer or
 exchange offer, a merger other than a business combination, a sale of
 assets, a contested election of directors or a combination of such
 transactions.

 The number of credited years of service as of December 31, 1994 for each
 person named in the Summary Compensation Table are as follows:  John M.
 Franck -- 18 years, Charles W. Davies, Jr. -- 18 years, B. Alvin Ratliff
 26 years, John J. Smith -- 10 years and Don P. Shook -- 19 years.

 The Company maintains a supplemental benefit plan to provide key management
 personnel who have satisfied the eligibility requirements with supplemental
 retirement benefits, including a retirement benefit which, when aggregated
 with the benefits available under the retirement plan, is equivalent to 50%
 of their final average earnings for 30 years of service.  The eligibility
 requirements include being 100% vested under the retirement plan.  The
 majority of this benefit will be funded through the retirement plan, with
 the balance being funded by the Company through a supplemental nonqualified
 program which is funded through the purchase of life insurance policies on
 each covered individual.  Benefits under the supplemental benefit plan are
 fully vested after five years of service.  The estimated annual benefits
 under the supplemental benefit plan for each officer named in the Summary
 Compensation Table as of December 31, 1994 are as follows:  John M. Franck
 -- $41,459, Charles W. Davies, Jr. -- $41,729, B. Alvin Ratliff -- $52,332,
 John J. Smith -- $12,605 and Don P. Shook -- $30,408.

 Executive Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 John M. Franck, Chairman of the Board, is a director of Piedmont Trust Bank
 and serves on the Bank Board's Asset/Liability Management, Audit/Code of
 Conduct, and Corporate Benefit and Compensation committees.  Irving M.
 Groves, Jr., a director of Tultex, was President, Chief Executive Officer
 and Chairman of the Board of Piedmont BankGroup, Incorporated until he
 retired from these positions in March 1994.

                Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 Frith Construction Company, Inc., of which J. Burness Frith, a director of the
 Company, was Honorary Chairman, a director and a principal stockholder until
 September 1994, performed construction work for the Company during fiscal 1994,
 1993 and 1992.  The aggregate amount paid to Frith Construction Company, Inc.
 by the Company for such construction work (at cost plus a fixed percentage of
 cost) during fiscal 1994, 1993 and 1992 was $131,749, $427,263 and $469,352,
 respectively.

 During fiscal 1994, Piedmont Trust Bank performed routine banking services for
 the Company.  John M. Franck and Richard M. Simmons, Jr. are two of the 13
 current members of the Board of Directors of Piedmont.  Piedmont Trust Bank is
 a subsidiary of Piedmont BankGroup Incorporated.  Mr. Simmons is one of the 12
 current members of the Board of Directors of Piedmont BankGroup Incorporated.

 Multitrade Group, Inc., of which Mr. Frith and Mr. Groves, are shareholders
 and of which Mr. Groves is a director, provided the Company with steam
 energy in fiscal 1994, 1993 and 1992 for which it was paid $4,039,895,
 $3,989,117 and $4,299,061, respectively.

 Virginia Carolina Freight Lines, Inc., of which Mr. Simmons was a principal
 shareholder and Chairman of the Board, provided trucking services to the
 Company in fiscal 1992 for which it was paid $114,946.

 The Company believes that the terms of the transactions described above are
 comparable to terms available for similar transactions with entities
 unaffiliated with its officers and directors.

 Lathan M. Ewers, Jr. is a partner with the law firm of Hunton & Williams,
 Richmond, Virginia, counsel to the Company.

         Principal Shareholders and Security Ownership of Management

 As of December 31, 1994, the Company had outstanding 29,806,793 shares of
 Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share ("Common Stock"), 1,975 shares of
 5% Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $100 per share, and 150,000 shares
 of Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, $7.50 Series B, no par value
 ("Series B Preferred Stock").  The Common Stock and the Series B Preferred
 Stock have one vote per share on all matters.

 The table below presents certain information as of December 31, 1994
 regarding beneficial ownership of Common Stock by (i) each of the named
 executive officers, (ii) each director, (iii) all directors and executive
 officers as a group and (iv) certain 5% holders of the Company's Common
 Stock.  Except as set forth in the table, no person or group is known by
 the Company to own more than 5% of the Common Stock.  The Series B
 Preferred Stock is owned by Simon Trust Partnership No. 3 (25%), Herbert
 Simon Trust No. 3 (25%) and LG Sale Corporation, Inc. (50%)
 <TABLE>
                                                            Sole Voting                                 Aggregate
                                                           and Investment                              Percentage
 Name                                                        Power(1)               Other(2)             Owned
 <S>                                                       <C>                    <C>                  <C>
 Charles W. Davies, Jr.                                      131,284                    142              *
 Lathan M. Ewers, Jr.                                          5,025                  2,400              *
 John M. Franck                                              767,547                120,233              2.97
 William F. Franck                                           922,902                175,231              3.68
 J. Burness Frith                                            380,000                  1,200              1.28
 Irving M. Groves, Jr.                                        68,766                 19,618              *
 H. Richard Hunnicutt, Jr.                                    35,000                                     *
 Bruce M. Jacobson(3)                                          2,000                                     *
 Richard M. Simmons, Jr.                                     176,121                    615              *
 John M. Tully                                               243,524                 81,696              1.09
 B. Alvin Ratliff                                             74,267                                     *
 John J. Smith                                                43,620                     47              *
 Don P. Shook                                                 76,471                 18,200              *
 All executive officers and directors as a group
   (18 persons including those named above)                3,121,425                980,107             13.61
 Sound Shore Management, Inc.                              1,772,600(4)                  --              5.95(4)
   8 Sound Shore Drive
   Greenwich, Connecticut
 </TABLE>
 _________________________
 * Less than 1%

 (1)  Includes shares that may be acquired by certain of the Company's
      officers within 60 days under the Company's stock option plans.
 (2)  Includes shares (a) owned by or with certain relatives; (b) held in
      various fiduciary capacities; and (c) held by certain corporations.
 (3)  Mr. Jacobson is the designee of Simon Trust Partnership No. 3, Herbert
      Simon Trust No. 3 and LG Sale Corporation, Inc., which own 37,500
      shares, 37,500 shares and 75,000 shares, respectively, of the Series B
      Preferred Stock, which are convertible into 1,496,260 shares of Common
      Stock.  Mr. Jacobson does have voting or investment power with respect
      to these shares and disclaims beneficial ownership of them.
 (4)  As reported in Schedule 13G filed by Sound Shore Management, Inc.
      dated December 31, 1993.





                           Description of the Notes

 The Notes are to be issued  under an Indenture, to be dated as of _______,
 1995  (the "Indenture"),  among the Company, the Guarantors and First Union
 National Bank of  Virginia, as Trustee  (the "Trustee").  The  Indenture is
 subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
 "Trust Indenture Act").   The statements under this caption relating to the
 Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture are summaries and do not purport to
 be complete, and  where reference is made  to particular provisions of  the
 Indenture, such provisions, including the definitions of certain terms, are
 incorporated by reference as a  part of such summaries or terms,  which are
 qualified in their entirety by such reference.  A copy of the proposed form
 of  Indenture has  been filed  with  the Commission  as an  exhibit to  the
 Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.

 General

 The Notes  will be  general unsecured obligations  of the Company,  will be
 limited to $115 million aggregate principal amount and will rank pari passu
 in right of payment with all other indebtedness of the Company that is not,
 by its terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.  The
 Notes  will be  guaranteed  on a  joint and  several basis  by each  of the
 Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantees described below.  The Guarantees will
 be general unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and will rank pari passu
 in right of  payment with all other indebtedness of  the Guarantors that is
 not, by  its  terms, expressly  subordinated  in right  of payment  to  the
 Guarantees.   At December  31,  1994, as  adjusted to  give  effect to  the
 transactions described under "Use  of Proceeds and Refinancing," the  total
 indebtedness  of the  Company,  other  than  the  Notes,  would  have  been
 approximately $222.6 million, none of which would have been subordinated to
 the Notes.  Secured creditors of  the Company or any Guarantor will have  a
 claim  on the assets  which secure the  obligations of the  Company or such
 Guarantor, as the  case may  be, prior to  claims of  holders of the  Notes
 against those assets.  At  December 31, 1994, as adjusted to give effect to
 the  transactions described under  "Use of  Proceeds and  Refinancing," the
 Company and the Guarantors had no secured indebtedness.

 The Notes will mature on ________, 2005 and will bear interest at  the rate
 per  annum shown on the front cover  of this Prospectus from ________, 1995
 or from  the most recent interest  payment date to which  interest has been
 paid or provided for. Interest will be payable semi-annually on June 15 and
 December 15 of each year, commencing June  15, 1995, to the Person in whose
 name a Note  is registered at the close of business on the preceding June 1
 or December 1 (each, a "Record Date"), as the case may be.  Interest on the
 Notes will be  computed on  the basis of  a 360-day year  of twelve  30-day
 months.  Holders must surrender the Notes to the paying agent for the Notes
 to collect principal payments.  The Company will pay principal and interest
 by check and will mail interest checks to a Holder's registered address.

 The Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in
 denominations  of $1,000  and any  integral multiple  thereof.   No service
 charge will  be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes,
 but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
 other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 Initially, the  Trustee will  act as  paying  agent and  registrar for  the
 Notes.    The Notes  may  be  presented for  Registration  of transfer  and
 exchange at the offices of the registrar for the Notes.

 Redemption

 The Notes  will be subject to redemption, at the  option of the Company, in
 whole or in part, at any  time on or after ____________, 2000 and  prior to
 maturity,  upon not less  than 30 nor  more than 60 days'  notice mailed to
 each  Holder  of Notes  to  be redeemed  at  his address  appearing  in the
 register for  the Notes, in  amounts of $1,000  or an integral  multiple of
 $1,000,  at the following  redemption prices  (expressed as  percentages of
 principal amount) plus accrued interest to but excluding the date fixed for
 redemption  (subject to  the right  of Holders  of record  on the  relevant
 Record Date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is  on
 or prior to the date fixed for redemption), if redeemed during the 12-month
 period beginning ______________ of the years indicated:

                Year                Redemption Price

                       . . . . . . .         %
                       . . . . . . .         %
                       . . . . . . .         %

 If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select, in
 such manner as it shall deem  fair and appropriate, the particular Notes to
 be redeemed or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000.

 In  addition, prior  to  _______,  1998,  the  Company  may  redeem  up  to
 approximately  35%  of the  principal amount  of  the Notes  with  the cash
 proceeds received by the Company from a public offering of capital stock of
 the  Company  (other  than  Disqualified  Stock),  at  a  redemption  price
 (expressed  as a  percentage  of  the  principal amount)  of  ___%  of  the
 principal  amount thereof,  plus accrued  and unpaid  interest to  the date
 fixed  for  redemption; provided,  however, that  at  least $75  million in
 aggregate  principal amount  of the  Notes remains  outstanding immediately
 after any such redemption.

 The Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.

 The Guarantees

 Each  of the  Guarantors  will unconditionally  guarantee  on a  joint  and
 several basis all of  the Company's obligations under the  Notes, including
 its  obligations to  pay  principal, premium,  if  any, and  interest  with
 respect to the Notes.  The obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the
 maximum amount which, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
 liabilities  of such Guarantor and  after giving effect  to any collections
 from or payments made by or on behalf of any other  Guarantor in respect of
 the obligations of such other Guarantor under its  Guarantee or pursuant to
 its  contribution  obligations under  the  Indenture,  will  result in  the
 obligations of  such  Guarantor  under the  Guarantee  not  constituting  a
 fraudulent conveyance  or fraudulent transfer  under federal or  state law.
 Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Guarantee shall
 be entitled  to a contribution from  each other Guarantor in  an amount pro
 rata, based  on the net  assets of each Guarantor  determined in accordance
 with GAAP.  Except as provided in "Certain Covenants" below, the Company is
 not   restricted  from  selling  or  otherwise  disposing  of  any  of  the
 Guarantors.

 The Indenture will provide that each Subsidiary of the Company in existence
 on the  Issue Date and each Material  Subsidiary whether formed or acquired
 after the  Issue Date  will be  a  Guarantor, provided  that, any  Material
 Subsidiary  acquired after the Issue Date which is prohibited from entering
 into  a Guarantee pursuant to restrictions contained in any debt instrument
 or other agreement in existence at the time such Material Subsidiary was so
 acquired  and not  entered into  in anticipation  or contemplation  of such
 acquisition shall not be required to become a Guarantor so long as any such
 restriction is in existence and to the extent of any such restriction.

 The Indenture  provides that if the  Notes are defeased in  accordance with
 the terms of the Indenture, or if all or substantially all of the assets of
 any  Guarantor  or all  of  the  capital stock  of  any  Guarantor is  sold
 (including by  issuance  or  otherwise)  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its
 Subsidiaries in a transaction constituting an Asset Disposition, and if (x)
 the  Net Available  Proceeds  from  such  Asset  Disposition  are  used  in
 accordance with the covenant "Limitation on Certain Asset  Dispositions" or
 (y) the  Company delivers to  the Trustee an  Officers' Certificate  to the
 effect that the Net Available Proceeds from such Asset Disposition shall be
 used  in  accordance  with  the  covenant  " Limitation  on  Certain  Asset
 Dispositions" and within the  time limits specified by such  covenant, then
 such Guarantor (in the event of a  sale or other disposition of all of  the
 capital stock of such  Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring  such assets
 (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of
 the assets  of such  Guarantor) shall  be  released and  discharged of  its
 Guarantee obligations.

 Separate financial  statements of  the Guarantors  are not included  herein
 because  such Guarantors are jointly  and severally liable  with respect to
 the  Company's obligations  pursuant to  the Notes,  and the  aggregate net
 assets,  earnings  and  equity  of  the  Guarantors  and  the  Company  are
 substantially  equivalent to  the net  assets, earnings  and equity  of the
 Company on a consolidated basis.

 Covenants

 The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

 Limitation on Indebtedness

 The  Indenture will provide that the Company  will not, and will not permit
 any of its Subsidiaries to, Incur  any Indebtedness except, subject to  the
 provisions  set forth  below  under " Additional  Limitation on  Subsidiary
 Indebtedness":  (i)  Indebtedness of  the Company or  its Subsidiaries,  if
 immediately  after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and
 the receipt and application  of the net proceeds thereof,  the Consolidated
 Cash Flow Ratio of the Company for the four full fiscal quarters  for which
 quarterly  or annual financial statements are  available next preceding the
 Incurrence of such Indebtedness, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such
 Indebtedness  had been incurred  at the beginning of  such four full fiscal
 quarters, would be greater than 2.00  to 1 if such Indebtedness is Incurred
 on or  before December  31,  1997 and  2.25 to  1 if  such Indebtedness  is
 Incurred  after December 31,  1997; (ii) Indebtedness  of the  Company, and
 guarantees of such Indebtedness by any Guarantor, Incurred under the Senior
 Credit  Facility in an  aggregate principal amount  at any one  time not to
 exceed  the greater  of  (x) $225  million  or (y)  the sum  of  (A) 80% of
 Eligible  Accounts Receivable  and  (B) 65%  of  Eligible Inventory;  (iii)
 Indebtedness owed  by the  Company to  any Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of  the
 Company  (provided that such Indebtedness is at  all times held by a Person
 which is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary  of the Company) or Indebtedness owed by
 a Subsidiary of the  Company to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
 the Company  (provided that such Indebtedness  is at all times  held by the
 Company or  a Person which  is a Wholly  Owned Subsidiary of  the Company);
 provided, however, upon  either (x)  the transfer or  other disposition  by
 such  Wholly Owned  Subsidiary  or  the  Company  of  any  Indebtedness  so
 permitted under  this clause (iii)  to a Person  other than the  Company or
 another  Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the  Company or (y) the issuance (other
 than directors' qualifying  shares), sale, transfer or other disposition of
 shares  of  Capital  Stock  or  other  ownership  interests  (including  by
 consolidation or merger) of  such Wholly Owned Subsidiary to a Person other
 than the  Company or another such  Wholly Owned Subsidiary of  the Company,
 the provisions of  this clause (iii) shall no longer  be applicable to such
 Indebtedness and such Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred at
 the time of any such issuance, sale, transfer or other  disposition, as the
 case may be; (iv) Indebtedness incurred  by a Person prior to the  time (x)
 such Person  becomes a Subsidiary  of the  Company, (y) such  Person merges
 into  or  consolidates with  a  Subsidiary of  the Company  or  (z) another
 Subsidiary of the Company merges into or consolidates with  such Person (in
 a transaction in which  such Person becomes  a Subsidiary of the  Company),
 which  Indebtedness was  not Incurred in  anticipation or  contemplation of
 such  transaction and  was  outstanding  prior  to  such  transaction;  (v)
 Indebtedness of the Company or its  Subsidiaries under any interest rate or
 currency swap  agreement  to the  extent entered  into to  hedge any  other
 Indebtedness permitted under the  Indenture; (vi) Capital Lease Obligations
 of the  Company or its  Subsidiaries Incurred  with respect to  a Sale  and
 Leaseback Transaction which was  made in accordance with the  provisions of
 the  Indenture   described  under  "   Limitation  on  Sale  and  Leaseback
 Transactions";  (vii) Indebtedness Incurred  to renew, extend, refinance or
 refund (collectively for  purposes of  this clause (vii)  to "refund")  any
 Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date and Indebtedness  Incurred under
 the  prior  clause (i)  or  the Notes;  provided,  however,  that (x)  such
 Indebtedness does  not  exceed  the principal  amount  of  Indebtedness  so
 refunded plus the  amount of any premium required to  be paid in connection
 with such refunding  pursuant to the terms of the  Indebtedness refunded or
 the amount of any premium reasonably determined by the Company as necessary
 to accomplish such refunding by means of a tender offer, exchange offer, or
 privately negotiated repurchase, plus  the expenses of the Company  or such
 Subsidiary Incurred in connection therewith  and (y)(A) in the case  of any
 refunding  of Indebtedness  which  is  pari  passu  with  the  Notes,  such
 refunding Indebtedness is  made pari passu with or subordinate  in right of
 payment to the  Notes, and, in  the case of  any refunding of  Indebtedness
 which is  subordinate in  right  of payment  to the  Notes, such  refunding
 Indebtedness is  subordinate in right of  payment to the Notes  on terms no
 less  favorable to  the Holders  then those  contained in  the Indebtedness
 being refunded  and (B) in either  case, the refunding Indebtedness  by its
 terms,  or by the  terms of any  agreement or instrument  pursuant to which
 such Indebtedness is  issued, does not  have an Average  Life that is  less
 than the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness being refunded and does
 not permit redemption or  other retirement (including pursuant to  an offer
 to purchase  made by the  Company or a Subsidiary  of the Company)  of such
 Indebtedness at the option of the  holder thereof prior to the final stated
 maturity of the  Indebtedness being  refunded, other than  a redemption  or
 other  retirement  at  the  option  of  the  holder  of  such  Indebtedness
 (including  pursuant to  an offer  to  purchase made  by the  Company or  a
 Subsidiary of the Company) which is conditioned upon a change of control of
 the Company pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those contained
 in  the Indenture  described  under "   Change  of Control"  below;  (viii)
 Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries Incurred for the purpose of
 financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of construction
 or improvement of any property provided that the aggregate principal amount
 of such  Indebtedness does not exceed  100% of such purchase  price or cost
 and any Lien associated with such Indebtedness complies with clause (iv) of
 the "Limitation on Liens" covenant; (ix) Indebtedness of the Company or its
 Subsidiaries, not  otherwise permitted to  be Incurred pursuant  to clauses
 (i)  through  (viii)  above, which,  together  with  any other  outstanding
 Indebtedness Incurred  pursuant  to  this  clause (ix),  has  an  aggregate
 principal amount  not in excess of $10 million at any time outstanding; and
 (x) Indebtedness of  the Company and its  Subsidiaries under the Notes  and
 the Guarantees.

 Additional Limitation on Subsidiary Indebtedness

 The  Indenture will  provide that,  notwithstanding the  provisions of  the
 Indenture described under "  Limitation on  Indebtedness," the Company will
 not permit any  of its Subsidiaries  to Incur any Indebtedness  (other than
 the  guarantee  of Indebtedness  under the  Senior  Credit Facility)  in an
 amount which, when  aggregated with  (A) all Indebtedness  (other than  any
 Indebtedness included  in the following clause (B) or (C)) secured by Liens
 permitted by the  provisions of  the Indenture described  in clause  (viii)
 under "   Limitation on Liens,"  (B) all  Capital Lease Obligations  of the
 Company  and its Subsidiaries Incurred in compliance with the provisions of
 the  Indenture  described  in  "   Limitation  on  Indebtedness"  and  this
 "Additional  Limitation on Subsidiary  Indebtedness" and  then outstanding,
 and (C) all other Indebtedness of  Subsidiaries of the Company (other  than
 the guarantee of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility) Incurred in
 compliance  with  "   Limitation  on Indebtedness"  and  this  " Additional
 Limitation on  Subsidiary Indebtedness"  and then outstanding  would exceed
 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 Limitation on Restricted Payments

 The  Indenture will provide that the Company  will not, and will not permit
 any of its Subsidiaries to, (i)  directly or indirectly, declare or pay any
 dividend, or  make any distribution  of any kind  or character (whether  in
 cash, property or securities), in respect of any class of its Capital Stock
 or to the  holders thereof,  excluding any (x)  dividends or  distributions
 payable  solely in  shares of  its Capital  Stock (other  than Disqualified
 Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire its Capital Stock
 (other than  Disqualified Stock), or (y)  in the case of  any Subsidiary of
 the  Company,  dividends  or distributions  payable  to  the  Company or  a
 Subsidiary  of the Company, (ii)  directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem,
 or otherwise  acquire or retire  for value shares  of Capital Stock  of the
 Company  or any of  its Subsidiaries,  any options,  warrants or  rights to
 purchase or acquire shares of  Capital Stock of the  Company or any of  its
 Subsidiaries or any securities  convertible or exchangeable into shares  of
 Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, excluding any such
 shares  of Capital Stock, options, warrants, rights or securities which are
 owned  by the  Company  or a  Subsidiary  of the  Company,  (iii) make  any
 Investment  in (other  than  a  Permitted  Investment),  or  payment  on  a
 guarantee of any  obligation of, any  Person, other than  the Company or  a
 Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary   of  the  Company,  or   (iv)  redeem,  defease,
 repurchase,  retire or otherwise acquire or retire  for value, prior to any
 scheduled maturity,  repayment or sinking fund  payment, Indebtedness which
 is  subordinate in  right of  payment  to the  Notes (each  of clauses  (i)
 through (iv) being a "Restricted Payment") if at the time thereof:   (1) an
 Event  of Default, or an event  that with the passing of  time or giving of
 notice, or both,  would constitute an Event of Default, shall have occurred
 and is  continuing, or (2) upon  giving effect to such  Restricted Payment,
 the  Company  could not  incur at  least  $1.00 of  additional Indebtedness
 pursuant  to the  terms of  the  Indenture described  in clause  (i) of  "
 Limitation  on Indebtedness"  above,  or (3)  upon  giving effect  to  such
 Restricted Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments from the Issue
 Date exceeds the sum of:  (a) 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income  of
 the Company (or, in the  case Consolidated Net Income of the  Company shall
 be negative, less 100% of such deficit) since the end of the fiscal quarter
 in which the Issue Date  occurs through the last day of the  fiscal quarter
 for  which financial  statements  are  available;  plus  (b)  100%  of  the
 aggregate  net proceeds received after  the Issue Date,  including the fair
 market value of  property other than cash (determined in  good faith by the
 Board of  Directors of the  Company as  evidenced by a  resolution of  such
 Board of  Directors filed with the  Trustee), from the issuance  of Capital
 Stock (other than Disqualified  Stock) of the Company and  warrants, rights
 or options on Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of  the Company
 and  the principal amount of  Indebtedness that has  been converted into or
 exchanged  for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company
 which Indebtedness  was incurred after the Issue Date; plus (c) in the case
 of the disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted
 Payment made after the Issue Date (other than any  Investment made pursuant
 to clause (vi) of the  following paragraph), an amount equal to  the lesser
 of the return  of capital with respect to  such Investment and the  cost of
 such Investment, in  either case, less the cost of  the disposition of such
 Investment,  provided that  at the  time any  such Investment  is made  the
 Company  delivers to the Trustee a resolution  of its Board of Directors to
 the effect that, for  purposes of this "Limitation on  Restricted Payments"
 covenant, such Investment constitutes a  Restricted Payment made after  the
 Issue Date  (other than an Investment  made pursuant to clause  (vi) of the
 following paragraph); plus (d) $4 million.

 The  foregoing provision will not be violated  by (i) reason of the payment
 of any  dividend on Capital  Stock of  any class within  60 days after  the
 declaration  thereof if,  on the date  when the dividend  was declared, the
 Company or  such Subsidiary,  as  the case  may be,  could  have paid  such
 dividend  in  accordance with  the provisions  of  the Indenture,  (ii) the
 renewal, extension, refunding or  refinancing of any Indebtedness otherwise
 permitted pursuant to the terms of the Indenture described in  clause (vii)
 of  "  Limitation on Indebtedness," (iii) the exchange or conversion of any
 Indebtedness of  the Company or any  Subsidiary of the Company  for or into
 Capital  Stock of  the  Company  (other  than  Disqualified  Stock  of  the
 Company), (iv) any payments,  loans or other advances made pursuant  to any
 employee  benefit plans (including plans  for the benefit  of directors) or
 employment  agreements or other compensation  arrangements, in each case as
 approved  by the  Board  of Directors  of  the Company  in  its good  faith
 judgment evidenced by a  resolution of such Board  of Directors filed  with
 the Trustee, (v) the redemption of  the Company's rights issued pursuant to
 the Rights  Agreement dated as of  March 20, 1990, between  the Company and
 Sovran Bank, N.A.,  as Rights Agent, as in  existence on the Issue  Date or
 (vi)  so long  as  no  Default or  Event  of Default  has  occurred and  is
 continuing, additional Investments constituting  Restricted Payments in  an
 aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the  cost thereof) not to exceed at
 any time 5% of  Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.  Each  Restricted Payment
 described in  clauses (i), (iv) and  (v) of the previous  sentence shall be
 taken into account for  purposes of computing  the aggregate amount of  all
 Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) above.

 Limitations Concerning Distributions and Transfers
 by Subsidiaries

 The  Indenture will provide that the Company  will not, and will not permit
 any of its  Subsidiaries to,  directly or indirectly,  create or  otherwise
 cause or  suffer to exist any consensual  encumbrance or restriction on the
 ability  of  any  Subsidiary  of  the  Company  (i)  to  pay,  directly  or
 indirectly, dividends or  make any  other distributions in  respect of  its
 Capital  Stock or  pay any  Indebtedness or  other obligation  owed to  the
 Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) to make loans or advances to
 the Company  or any Subsidiary of  the Company or (iii) to  transfer any of
 its property  or assets to  the Company  or any Subsidiary  of the  Company
 except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of
 (a) any agreement in effect on the Issue Date, (b) an agreement relating to
 any Indebtedness  Incurred by such  Subsidiary prior  to the date  on which
 such  Subsidiary was acquired  by the Company and  outstanding on such date
 and  not Incurred in anticipation or contemplation of becoming a Subsidiary
 and  provided such encumbrance or restriction shall not apply to any assets
 of  the Company  or  its  Subsidiaries  other  than  such  Subsidiary,  (c)
 customary  provisions contained in an agreement which has been entered into
 for the  sale or disposition  of all  or substantially all  of the  Capital
 Stock  or assets  of  such Subsidiary,  or  (d)  an agreement  effecting  a
 renewal, exchange, refunding or extension of Indebtedness incurred pursuant
 to an  agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above; provided, however,
 that  the  provisions contained  in  such renewal,  exchange,  refunding or
 extension agreement relating to such encumbrance or restriction are no more
 restrictive  in any material respect  than the provisions  contained in the
 agreement the subject  thereof in the  reasonable judgment of the  Board of
 Directors of  the Company  as evidenced  by a resolution  of such  Board of
 Directors filed with the Trustee.

 Limitation on Liens

 The  Indenture will provide that the Company  will not, and will not permit
 any  of its  Subsidiaries to,  Incur any  Lien on  or with  respect  to any
 property or  assets of the  Company or  any Subsidiary of  the Company  now
 owned  or  hereafter acquired  to  secure Indebtedness  without  making, or
 causing such Subsidiary to make, effective provision for securing the Notes
 (and,  if the  Company shall so  determine, any  other Indebtedness  of the
 Company or such Subsidiary, including Indebtedness  which is subordinate in
 right of payment to the Notes,  provided, that Liens securing the Notes and
 any  Indebtedness pari  passu  with  the Notes  are  senior  to such  Liens
 securing  such subordinated  Indebtedness)  equally and  ratably with  such
 Indebtedness or, in the event such Indebtedness is subordinate  in right of
 payment to  the Notes, prior to  such Indebtedness, as to  such property or
 assets for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so  secured. The foregoing
 restrictions  shall not  apply  to (i)  Liens  in respect  of  Indebtedness
 existing on the Issue Date; (ii) Liens securing only the Notes; (iii) Liens
 in favor of the Company; (iv) Liens to secure Indebtedness Incurred for the
 purpose of financing  all or any part of the purchase  price or the cost of
 construction or improvement of the property subject to such Liens; provided
 that (a) the aggregate principal amount of any Indebtedness secured by such
 a Lien does not exceed 100% of  such purchase price or cost, (b) such  Lien
 does  not extend to  or cover  any other property  other than  such item of
 property and any improvements on such item, (c) the Indebtedness secured by
 such  Lien is incurred by the Company or  its Subsidiary within 180 days of
 the acquisition, construction or  improvement of such property and  (d) the
 incurrence  of  such Indebtedness  is permitted  by  the provisions  of the
 Indenture  described under  "  Limitation  on Indebtedness";  (v) Liens  on
 property existing immediately prior to the time of acquisition thereof (and
 not  created  in anticipation  or contemplation  of  the financing  of such
 acquisition); (vi) Liens on property of  a Person existing at the time such
 Person  is merged  with or  into or  consolidated with  the Company  or any
 Subsidiary of the Company (and not created in anticipation or contemplation
 thereof); (vii) Liens  on property of the Company or  any Subsidiary of the
 Company in favor of the United States of America, any state thereof, or any
 instrumentality of  either  to  secure certain  payments  pursuant  to  any
 contract or statute; (viii) Liens securing an aggregate principal amount of
 Indebtedness  at any one time  outstanding which, when  taken together with
 (A)  all  Capital Lease  Obligations of  the  Company and  its Subsidiaries
 Incurred in  compliance with "Limitation on Indebtedness" and "  Additional
 Limitation on  Subsidiary Indebtedness"  and then  outstanding and  (B) all
 other Indebtedness of  Subsidiaries of the  Company Incurred in  compliance
 with the  provisions of  the Indenture described  under   "  Limitation  on
 Indebtedness" and "  Additional  Limitation on Subsidiary Indebtedness" and
 then  outstanding would not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;
 and  (ix) Liens to secure Indebtedness Incurred to extend, renew, refinance
 or refund (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings),
 in whole or in part, any  Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to  in the
 foregoing  clause (i) so  long as  such Lien does  not extend  to any other
 property  and  the  principal amount  of  Indebtedness  so  secured is  not
 increased  except for  the amount  of any  premium required  to be  paid in
 connection  with such refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness
 refinanced  or the  amount  of any  premium  reasonably determined  by  the
 Company as necessary to  accomplish such refinancing  by means of a  tender
 offer, exchange offer or privately negotiated repurchase, plus the expenses
 of  the Company  or  such  Subsidiary  incurred  in  connection  with  such
 refinancing.

 Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions

 The Indenture will  provide that the Company will not,  and will not permit
 any  of its  Subsidiaries  to,  make one  or  more  Asset Dispositions  for
 aggregate consideration of,  or in  respect of assets  having an  aggregate
 fair market  value of, $5 million  or more in any  12-month period, unless:
 (i)  the  Company  or  the  Subsidiary,  as  the  case  may  be,   receives
 consideration for  such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market
 value  of the  assets sold  or disposed of  as determined  by the  Board of
 Directors  of the Company  in good faith  and evidenced by  a resolution of
 such Board of Directors filed with the  Trustee; (ii) not less than 75%  of
 the  consideration  for  the  disposition  consists  of  cash   or  readily
 marketable  cash  equivalents or  the  assumption  of  Indebtedness of  the
 Company or such  Subsidiary or  other obligations relating  to such  assets
 (and release  of the Company or  such Subsidiary from all  liability on the
 Indebtedness or  other obligations  assumed); and  (iii) all  Net Available
 Proceeds,  less  any  amounts  invested  within  360  days  of  such  Asset
 Disposition in assets related to the business of the Company (including the
 Capital Stock  of another Person (other than the Company or any Person that
 is  a Subsidiary  of  the Company  immediately  prior to  such  investment)
 provided that immediately after  giving effect to any such  investment (and
 not prior thereto) such Person  shall be a Subsidiary of the  Company), are
 applied either (i)  to an Offer  to Purchase outstanding  Notes at 100%  of
 their principal amount or (ii) to the permanent reduction  and repayment of
 Indebtedness  then outstanding  under the  Senior Credit  Facility, to  the
 repayment  of other  Indebtedness  that is  not  subordinated in  right  of
 payment to the Notes and to  the purchase of Notes pursuant to an  Offer to
 Purchase outstanding Notes at  100% of their principal amount  plus accrued
 interest  to the date  of purchase,  provided, that  (x) any  Net Available
 Proceeds  not applied  to the  repayment of  Indebtedness under  the Senior
 Credit  Facility or other Indebtedness not subordinated in right of payment
 to the Notes in accordance with clause (ii) of this sentence shall be added
 to  the  Net  Available Proceeds  to  be  used  for  an Offer  to  Purchase
 outstanding  Notes  and (y)  the  Company  may defer  making  any  Offer to
 Purchase  outstanding  Notes  until  there  are  aggregate  unutilized  Net
 Available Proceeds equal  to or in excess of $5  million resulting from one
 or  more Asset  Dispositions  (at which  time,  the entire  unutilized  Net
 Available Proceeds, and not just the amount in excess of  $5 million, shall
 be  applied as  required pursuant  to this  paragraph).   Any repayment  of
 Indebtedness in accordance  with the  previous sentence shall  be made  pro
 rata, based on the principal amount (or, in the case of Indebtedness having
 an amortized discount, the  accredited value thereof) of such  Indebtedness
 outstanding.  Any remaining Net Available Proceeds following the completion
 of the Offer to  Purchase may be used by the Company  for any other purpose
 (subject to  the other provisions of  the Indenture) and the  amount of Net
 Available Proceeds then required to be otherwise applied in accordance with
 this  covenant shall  be reset  to  zero, subject  to any  subsequent Asset
 Disposition.   These provisions will not apply to a transaction consummated
 in  compliance  with the  provisions of  the  Indenture described  under "
 Mergers, Consolidations and Certain  Sales and Purchases of Assets"  and "
 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions" below.

 In the  event that the Company  makes an Offer  to Purchase the  Notes, the
 Company  intends  to  comply  with  any  applicable  securities   laws  and
 regulations, including any applicable requirements of Section 14(e) of, and
 Rule  14e-1 under, the Exchange Act and  any violation of the provisions of
 the Indenture relating  to such Offer to Purchase occurring  as a result of
 such compliance shall  not be deemed an  Event of Default or an  event that
 with the passing of time or giving of  notice, or both, would constitute an
 Event of Default.

 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

 The Indenture will provide that  the Company will not, and will  not permit
 any of its  Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale  and Leaseback Transaction
 (except for  a period not exceeding  30 months) unless the  Company or such
 Subsidiary applies the  net proceeds of  the property sold pursuant  to the
 Sale and Leaseback Transaction  as if such net proceeds  were Net Available
 Proceeds  subject to disposition as  provided above under  "  Limitation on
 Certain Asset Dispositions."

 Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Capital
 Stock of Subsidiaries

 The  Company (a) may not, and may  not permit any Subsidiary of the Company
 to, transfer,  convey, sell or otherwise  dispose of any shares  of Capital
 Stock of such Subsidiary or any other Subsidiary (other than to the Company
 or a  Wholly Owned Subsidiary of  the Company) except that  the Company and
 any Subsidiary  may, in any single transaction, sell all, but not less than
 all,  of the issued and outstanding Capital  Stock of any Subsidiary to any
 Person,  subject to the conditions  described above under  "  Limitation on
 Certain Asset Dispositions"  and (b) may not  permit any Subsidiary of  the
 Company  to  issue  shares of  its  Capital  Stock  (other than  directors'
 qualifying shares), or securities convertible into, or warrants,  rights or
 options to  subscribe for or purchase  shares of, its Capital  Stock to any
 Person other  than to  the  Company or  a Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary of  the
 Company.

 Transactions with Affiliates and Related Persons

 The Indenture will provide that  the Company will not, and will  not permit
 any of its Subsidiaries to enter into any transaction with  an Affiliate or
 Related Person  of the Company (other  than the Company or  a Subsidiary of
 the Company), including,  without limitation, the purchase, sale,  lease or
 exchange of  property, the rendering of  any service, or the  making of any
 guarantee,  loan, advance  or  Investment, either  directly or  indirectly,
 involving  aggregate  consideration  in  excess of  $500,000  unless  (i) a
 majority of  the disinterested directors of  the Board of Directors  of the
 Company determines, in its good faith judgment evidenced by a resolution of
 such Board of Directors filed with the Trustee, that such transaction is in
 the  best interests of the Company or  such Subsidiary, as the case may be;
 and  (ii)  such  transaction is,  in  the  opinion  of  a majority  of  the
 disinterested  directors of the Board of Directors of the Company evidenced
 by a resolution of such Board of Directors filed with the Trustee, on terms
 no less  favorable to the Company or  such Subsidiary, as the  case may be,
 than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm's length  transaction
 with an entity that is not an Affiliate or a Related Person.

 Change of Control

 Within 30  days following  the date  of the  consummation of a  transaction
 resulting in a  Change of Control,  the Company will  commence an Offer  to
 Purchase all outstanding  Notes at a purchase price equal  to 101% of their
 principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase.  Such Offer
 to Purchase will be consummated not earlier than 30 days and not later than
 60 days  after the  commencement thereof.   A "Change  of Control"  will be
 deemed  to have  occurred  in  the event  that  (whether  or not  otherwise
 permitted by the  Indenture), after the  Issue Date (a)  any Person or  any
 Persons  acting together  that would  constitute a  group (for  purposes of
 Section 13(d) of  the Exchange Act, or any  successor provision thereto) (a
 "Group"), together with  any Affiliates or  Related Persons thereof,  shall
 beneficially own (as  defined in Rule 13d-3 under the  Exchange Act, or any
 successor  provision thereto)  at  least 40%  of the  Voting  Stock of  the
 Company; (b) any  sale, lease or  other transfer (in  one transaction or  a
 series of  related transactions) by the Company  or any of its Subsidiaries
 of all  or substantially all of  the consolidated assets of  the Company to
 any Person  (other than  a Wholly  Owned Subsidiary  of  the Company);  (c)
 Continuing Directors cease  to constitute at least a majority  of the Board
 of Directors of the Company; or (d) the stockholders of the Company approve
 any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 In the event that  the Company makes  an Offer to  Purchase the Notes,  the
 Company  intends  to   comply  with  any  applicable  securities  laws  and
 regulations, including any applicable requirements of Section 14(e) of, and
 Rule 14e-1 under, the Exchange  Act and any violation of the  provisions of
 the  Indenture relating to such Offer to  Purchase occurring as a result of
 such  compliance shall not be  deemed an Event of Default  or an event that
 with the passing of time or giving  of notice, or both, would constitute an
 Event of Default.

 Provision of Financial Information

 Whether or  not the Company  is subject to  Section 13(a)  or 15(d) of  the
 Exchange  Act, or any successor  provision thereto, the  Company shall file
 with  the  Commission  the  annual  reports,  quarterly  reports  and other
 documents which  the  Company would  have been  required to  file with  the
 Commission  pursuant  to  such Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  or any  successor
 provision thereto  if the Company  were so required,  such documents to  be
 filed  with  the  Commission  on  or prior  to  the  respective  dates (the
 "Required Filing Dates")  by which the Company would have  been required so
 to file such documents if the Company  were so required.  The Company shall
 also  in  any  event (a)  within  15  days  of  each Required  Filing  Date
 (i) transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in
 the  Note Register,  without cost to  such Holders, and  (ii) file with the
 Trustee,  copies  of  the  annual  reports,  quarterly  reports  and  other
 documents  which  the  Company is  required  to  file  with the  Commission
 pursuant  to  the  preceding  sentence,  and (b)  if,  notwithstanding  the
 preceding  sentence,  filing  such  documents  by  the  Company   with  the
 Commission is not permitted  under the Exchange Act, promptly  upon written
 request supply copies of such documents to any prospective Holder.

 Mergers, Consolidations and Certain
 Sales and Purchases of Assets

 Neither  the Company nor any  Subsidiary will consolidate  or merge with or
 into any Person,  and the Company will not, and will  not permit any of its
 Subsidiaries  to,  sell,  lease, convey  or  otherwise  dispose  of all  or
 substantially all of the  Company's consolidated assets (as an  entirety or
 substantially  an  entirety  in one  transaction  or  a  series of  related
 transactions,  including by  way  of liquidation  or  dissolution) to,  any
 Person unless, in  each such case:  (i)  the entity formed by  or surviving
 any  such  consolidation  or merger  (if  other  than the  Company  or such
 Subsidiary, as the case may  be), or to which such sale,  lease, conveyance
 or  other disposition shall  have been made (the  "Surviving Entity"), is a
 corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any
 state  thereof or  the  District of  Columbia;  (ii) the  Surviving  Entity
 assumes by supplemental  indenture all of the obligations of the Company or
 such Subsidiary,  as the  case may  be, on the  Notes or  such Subsidiary's
 Guarantee, as the case  may be, and under the Indenture;  (iii) immediately
 after giving effect  to such transaction  and the use  of any net  proceeds
 therefrom on a  pro forma basis, the Consolidated Net  Worth of the Company
 or  the Surviving  Entity  (in  the case  of  a transaction  involving  the
 Company), as the case  may be, would be at least  equal to the Consolidated
 Net  Worth of  the  Company immediately  prior  to such  transaction;  (iv)
 immediately after  giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net
 proceeds therefrom  on a  pro  forma basis,  the Company  or the  Surviving
 Entity (in  the case of a  transaction involving the Company),  as the case
 may be, could incur at  least $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to  clause (i)
 of the "Limitation  on Indebtedness" covenant;  (v) immediately before  and
 after giving effect to such transaction and treating any Indebtedness which
 becomes an obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a result
 of  such  transaction as  having  been  incurred  by the  Company  or  such
 Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the time of the transaction, no Event of
 Default or event that with the passing of time or the giving of  notice, or
 both,  would constitute  an Event  of Default  shall have  occurred and  be
 continuing; and (vi)  if, as a result of any  such transaction, property or
 assets of the  Company or a Subsidiary would  become subject to a  Lien not
 excepted from the provisions of the Indenture described under "  Limitation
 on Liens" above,  the Company, any such Subsidiary or the Surviving Entity,
 as  the case  may be,  shall have  secured  the Notes  as required  by said
 covenant.   The provisions of this paragraph  shall not apply to any merger
 of a Subsidiary of the Company with  or into the Company or a Wholly  Owned
 Subsidiary   of  the  Company  or  any  transaction  pursuant  to  which  a
 Guarantor's Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of the
 Guarantee and  the Indenture in  connection with any  transaction complying
 with  the  provisions of  the Indenture  described  under "   Limitation on
 Certain Asset Dispositions."

 Events of Default

 The following will be Events  of Default under the Indenture:   (a) failure
 to pay principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when due; (b) failure
 to pay  any interest  on  any Note  when due,  continued for  30 days;  (c)
 default in the payment of principal of and interest on Notes required to be
 purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase as described under  "  Change of
 Control"  and "   Limitation on  Certain Asset  Dispositions" when  due and
 payable; (d) failure  to perform  or comply with  the provisions  described
 under  "   Mergers,  Consolidations  and  Certain  Sales  and  Purchases of
 Assets"; (e)  failure to perform  any other  covenant or  agreement of  the
 Company under  the  Indenture or  the  Notes continued  for  30 days  after
 written notice to the Company  by the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in
 aggregate  principal amount  of  outstanding Notes;  (f) default  under the
 terms of  any  instrument evidencing  or  securing Indebtedness  for  money
 borrowed  by  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  of  the  Company  having an
 outstanding principal  amount of $5 million or  more individually or in the
 aggregate  which results  in  the  acceleration  of  the  payment  of  such
 Indebtedness  or which shall constitute  the failure to  pay principal when
 due at  the stated maturity  of such Indebtedness;  (g) the rendering  of a
 final judgment or judgments (not subject to  appeal) against the Company or
 any  Subsidiary  in  an  amount  of  $5  million  or   more  which  remains
 undischarged  or unstayed for a period  of 60 days after  the date on which
 the  right to  appeal  has  expired;  (h)  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,
 insolvency  or  reorganization  affecting   the  Company  or  any  Material
 Subsidiary; and  (i) the  Guarantee of  any Guarantor  which is  a Material
 Subsidiary ceases  to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance
 with the terms of such Guarantee and the Indenture) or is declared null and
 void and unenforceable or  found to be invalid or any Guarantor  which is a
 Material Subsidiary denies its liability under its Guarantee (other than by
 reason of a release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee in accordance with
 the terms of  the Indenture and the Guarantee).   Subject to the provisions
 of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of
 Default  (as defined) shall  occur and be  continuing, the Trustee  will be
 under  no obligation  to exercise  any of  its rights  or powers  under the
 Indenture at  the request or direction  of any of the  Holders, unless such
 Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity.  Subject to
 such  provisions for the  indemnification of the Trustee,  the Holders of a
 majority in aggregate principal  amount of the outstanding Notes  will have
 the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
 for any  remedy available to the  Trustee or exercising any  trust or power
 conferred on the Trustee.

 If an Event  of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to the
 Company described in clause (h)) shall occur and be continuing, either  the
 Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
 outstanding  Notes may  accelerate  the maturity  of  all Notes;  provided,
 however,  that after  such acceleration,  but before  a judgment  or decree
 based on acceleration,  the Holders  of a majority  in aggregate  principal
 amount  of outstanding Notes may, under  certain circumstances, rescind and
 annul   such  acceleration  if  all  Events  of  Default,  other  than  the
 non-payment of accelerated principal, have been cured or waived as provided
 in  the Indenture.   If an Event  of Default specified in  clause (h) above
 with  respect to the Company occurs, the  outstanding Notes will ipso facto
 become immediately due and payable without  any declaration or other act on
 the part of  the Trustee or any  Holder.  For  information as to waiver  of
 defaults, see "  Modification and Waiver."

 No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding  with
 respect to the  Indenture or for any remedy thereunder,  unless such Holder
 shall have previously given  to the Trustee written notice of  a continuing
 Event  of Default  and unless  the  Holders of  at least  25% in  aggregate
 principal  amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request,
 and  offered  reasonable  indemnity,  to  the  Trustee  to  institute  such
 proceeding as Trustee,  and the  Trustee shall not  have received from  the
 Holders  of a  majority in  aggregate principal  amount of  the outstanding
 Notes a direction inconsistent with  such request and shall have failed  to
 institute such proceeding within 60 days.  However, such limitations do not
 apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment
 of the principal  of and premium, if  any, or interest  on such Note on  or
 after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 The Company will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a statement
 as  to the  performance  by it  of  certain of  its  obligations under  the
 Indenture and as to any default in such performance.

 Covenant Defeasance

 The Indenture will provide that the Company may omit to comply with certain
 restrictive covenants, any such omission shall not be deemed to be an Event
 of  Default under the  Indenture and the  Notes and the  Guarantees will be
 released, upon irrevocable  deposit with  the Trustee, in  trust, of  money
 and/or  U.S. government obligations which  will provide money  in an amount
 sufficient  in the opinion of  a nationally recognized  firm of independent
 certified public accountants  to pay the principal of  and premium, if any,
 and  each installment  of interest, if  any, on the  outstanding Notes. The
 obligations under the Indenture  other than with respect to  such covenants
 and the Events  of Default (other  than the Events  of Default relating  to
 such covenants  above) shall remain in  full force and effect.   Such trust
 may  only  be established  if,  among other  things,  (i)  the Company  has
 delivered  to the  Trustee an  Opinion of  Counsel to  the effect  that the
 Holders  of the  Notes will  not recognize  gain or  loss for  U.S. federal
 income  tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be
 subject to U.S. federal  income tax on the same amount,  in the same manner
 and at  the same times  as would  have been  the case if  such deposit  and
 defeasance had not occurred; (ii)  no Event of Default or event  that, with
 the passing of time or  the giving of notice, or both,  shall constitute an
 Event of Default shall  have occurred or be  continuing; (iii) the  Company
 has delivered  to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel with respect to certain
 bankruptcy matters and to the effect that such deposit shall  not cause the
 Trustee or the trust so created to be subject to the Investment Company Act
 of 1940; and (iv) certain other customary conditions precedent are met.

 Governing Law

 The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees will be governed by the laws of
 the State of New York.

 Modification and Waiver

 Modifications and amendments  of the Indenture may  be made by  the Company
 and the Trustee with the  consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
 principal  amount of the outstanding Notes; provided, however, that no such
 modification or  amendment may, without  the consent of the  Holder of each
 Note affected thereby,  (a) change the Stated Maturity  of the principal of
 or any installment of interest on any Note, (b) reduce the principal amount
 of (or  the premium)  or interest  on any  Note, (c)  change  the place  or
 currency of payment of principal  of (or premium) or interest on  any Note,
 (d)  impair the right to institute suit  for the enforcement of any payment
 on  or  with  respect  to  any  Note  or  any  Guarantee,  (e)  reduce  the
 above-stated percentage of outstanding Notes  necessary to modify or  amend
 the Indenture, (f) reduce  the percentage of aggregate principal  amount of
 outstanding  Notes   necessary  for  waiver  of   compliance  with  certain
 provisions of the Indenture  or for waiver of certain defaults,  (g) modify
 any  provisions of the Indenture relating to the modification and amendment
 of the  Indenture or the  waiver of past  defaults or covenants,  except as
 otherwise specified, (h) modify the ranking or priority of the Notes or the
 Guarantee of any Guarantor  which is a Material Subsidiary, (i) release any
 Guarantor which is a Material Subsidiary  from any of its obligations under
 its Guarantee or the Indenture otherwise than in  accordance with the terms
 of the Indenture,  or (j) modify  the provisions relating  to any Offer  to
 Purchase  of  the Notes  required under  the  "Limitation on  Certain Asset
 Dispositions" or "Change  of Control" covenants contained  in the Indenture
 in  a manner materially adverse to the Holders thereof.

 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount  of the outstanding
 Notes,  on behalf  of all  Holders of  Notes, may  waive compliance  by the
 Company with certain restrictive  provisions of the Indenture.   Subject to
 certain rights of the Trustee, as provided in the Indenture, the Holders of
 a  majority  in aggregate  principal amount  of  the outstanding  Notes, on
 behalf  of all  Holders of  Notes,  may waive  any past  default under  the
 Indenture,  except  a  default in  the  payment  of  principal, premium  or
 interest  or a default arising  from failure to  purchase any Note tendered
 pursuant to an Offer to Purchase.

 The Trustee

 The Indenture provides  that, except during the continuance  of an Event of
 Default, the  Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set
 forth in the  Indenture.  During the existence of an  Event of Default, the
 Trustee  will exercise  such  rights  and powers  vested  in  it under  the
 Indenture and use the same degree of care and  skill in their exercise as a
 prudent person would  exercise under  the circumstances in  the conduct  of
 such person's own affairs.

 The Indenture and  provisions of  the Trust Indenture  Act incorporated  by
 reference  therein contain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should
 it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain
 cases or to  realize on certain property  received by it in  respect of any
 such claim as security or otherwise.  The Trustee is permitted to engage in
 other  transactions  with  the Company  or  an  Affiliate  of the  Company;
 provided, however, that if it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined
 in the  Indenture or in  the Trust Indenture  Act), it must  eliminate such
 conflict or resign.

 Certain Definitions

 Set  forth below is a  summary of certain of the  defined terms used in the
 Indenture.  Reference  is made to the Indenture for  the full definition of
 all such  terms,  as well  as any  other  terms used  herein  for which  no
 definition is provided.

 "Affiliate"  of any  specified Person  means any  other Person  directly or
 indirectly  controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
 control with any specified Person.

 "Asset  Disposition" means any sale,  transfer or other  disposition of (i)
 shares  of  Capital Stock  of  a  Subsidiary  of the  Company  (other  than
 directors' qualifying  shares) or (ii) property or assets of the Company or
 any Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that an Asset Disposition
 shall not include (a) any sale,  transfer or other disposition of shares of
 Capital  Stock, property or  assets by a  Subsidiary of the  Company to the
 Company or to another Subsidiary of the Company, (b) any  sale, transfer or
 other disposition  of defaulted  receivables for  collection  or any  sale,
 transfer or other  disposition of property or assets in the ordinary course
 of business  or (c) any isolated  sale, transfer or other  disposition that
 does   not  involve   aggregate   consideration  in   excess  of   $250,000
 individually.

 "Average Life" means, as of the  date of determination, with respect to any
 Indebtedness for borrowed money or  Preferred Stock, the quotient  obtained
 by dividing  (i) the sum  of the products of  the number of  years from the
 date of determination to  the dates of each successive  scheduled principal
 or  liquidation value  payments of  such Indebtedness  or Preferred  Stock,
 respectively,  and  the  amount  of  such principal  or  liquidation  value
 payments,  by (ii)  the sum  of  all such  principal  or liquidation  value
 payments.

 "Capital Lease Obligations" of any Person means the obligations to pay rent
 or  other  amounts under  a lease  of  (or other  Indebtedness arrangements
 conveying the right to use) real or personal property of  such Person which
 are  required to  be classified  and accounted  for as  a capital  lease or
 liability on the face of  a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with
 GAAP.   The  amount of  such obligations  shall be  the capitalized  amount
 thereof in accordance  with GAAP and  the stated maturity thereof  shall be
 the date  of the last  payment of rent or  any other amount  due under such
 lease prior to the  first date upon which  such lease may be terminated  by
 the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 "Capital  Stock" of  any  Person  means  any  and  all  shares,  interests,
 participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock
 of  such Person  (including any  Preferred Stock  outstanding on  the Issue
 Date).

 "Common Stock" of any Person  means Capital Stock of such Person  that does
 not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of
 assets  upon  any  voluntary  or involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or
 winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of
 such Person.

 "Consolidated  Cash Flow Available for  Fixed Charges" of  any Person means
 for any period the Consolidated Net Income for such period increased by the
 sum of (i)  Consolidated Interest Expense  of such Person for  such period,
 plus (ii) Consolidated Income  Tax Expense of such Person  for such period,
 plus (iii) the consolidated  depreciation and amortization expense included
 in the  income statement of  such Person for  such period, plus  (iv) other
 non-cash  charges of such Person for such period deducted from consolidated
 revenues  in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, minus (v)
 non-cash  items (including the partial or entire reversal of reserves taken
 in  prior periods) of such  Person for such  period increasing consolidated
 revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period.

 "Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio" of any Person means for any period the ratio of
 (i) Consolidated  Cash Flow Available  for Fixed Charges of  such Person for
 such  period to (ii)  the sum of  (A) Consolidated Interest  Expense of such
 Person  for  such  period,  plus  (B)  the  annual  interest  expense with
 respect to any   Indebtedness  proposed  to  be   Incurred  by  such   Person
 or  its Subsidiaries, minus (C) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person to
 the extent included in  clause (ii)(A)  with respect to  any Indebtedness  that
 will  no  longer be  outstanding  as  a result  of  the  incurrence of  the
 Indebtedness  proposed to be Incurred, plus (D) the annual interest expense
 with respect  to any  other Indebtedness Incurred by such Person  or its
 Subsidiaries since the end  of such  period  to the  extent  not included  in
 clause  (ii)(A), minus  (E) Consolidated  Interest Expense  of such  Person to
 the extent  included in clause  (ii)(A)  with  respect  to  any  Indebtedness
 that  no  longer  is outstanding as a  result of the Incurrence of the
 Indebtedness referred to in  clause (ii)(D); provided, however, that in making
 such computation, the Consolidated Interest  Expense of such  Person
 attributable to  interest on any Indebtedness bearing a  floating interest rate
 shall be computed on  a pro forma basis as if the rate in effect on the  date
 of computation (after giving effect  to any hedge in  respect of such
 Indebtedness  that will, by its  terms, remain  in effect  until the  earlier
 of  the maturity  of such Indebtedness or the date one year after the date of
 such determination) had been the  applicable rate for the entire  period;
 provided further that, in the event  such  Person or  any  of its  Subsidiaries
 has made  any  Asset Dispositions  or acquisitions  of  assets not  in  the
 ordinary  course  of business (including acquisitions of  other Persons by
 merger, consolidation or purchase of Capital Stock) during or after such
 period, such computation shall  be made  on  a pro  forma  basis  as if  the
 Asset Dispositions  or acquisitions had taken place on the first day of such
 period.  Calculations of pro  forma amounts in accordance  with this definition
 shall  be done in accordance  with Rule 11-02 of  Regulation S-X under  the
 Securities Act of 1933 or any successor provision.

 "Consolidated Income Tax  Expense" of any Person  means for any period  the
 consolidated  provision for  income taxes  of such  Person for  such period
 calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 "Consolidated Interest Expense"  for any  Person means for  any period  the
 consolidated interest  expense included in a  consolidated income statement
 (without  deduction  of interest  income) of  such  Person for  such period
 calculated  on a  consolidated  basis in  accordance  with GAAP, plus cash
 dividends declared on any Preferred Stock (other than any Preferred Stock of
 the Company outstanding on the Issue Date). For purposes of this definition,
 the amount of  any cash dividends declared will be deemed  to  be equal  to
 the amount of  such  dividends  multiplied by  a fraction, the numerator of
 which  is one and the denominator of which is one minus  the  maximum statutory
 combined Federal,  state, local  and foreign income  tax  rate  then applicable
 to  such  Person  and its  Subsidiaries (expressed as a decimal between one and
 zero), on a consolidated basis.

 "Consolidated   Net  Income"  of  any  Person  means  for  any  period  the
 consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person for such period determined
 on a consolidated basis in accordance  with GAAP; provided that there shall
 be excluded therefrom  (a) the net income (or loss)  of any Person acquired
 by such Person  or a Subsidiary  of such Person  in a  pooling-of-interests
 transaction  for any period prior to the  date of such transaction, (b) the
 net  income (but not  net loss) of  any Subsidiary of such  Person which is
 subject to restrictions which prevent or  limit the payment of dividends or
 the  making  of  distributions  to  such  Person  to  the  extent  of  such
 restrictions, (c) the net income of any Person that is not  a Subsidiary of
 such  Person  except to  the extent  of the  amount  of dividends  or other
 distributions  actually paid  in cash to  such Person by  such other Person
 during  such period,  (d) gains  or losses  on Asset  Dispositions  by such
 Person  or   its  Subsidiaries   and  (e)   all  extraordinary   gains  and
 extraordinary losses determined in accordance with GAAP.

 "Consolidated  Net Tangible  Assets" means, at  any date,  the consolidated
 book value as shown by the accounting books and  records of the Company and
 its Subsidiaries of all  their property, both real  and personal, less  (i)
 the  book  value  of  all  their licenses,  patents,  patent  applications,
 copyrights, trademarks, trade  names, goodwill,  non-compete agreements  or
 organizational   expenses   and   other   intangibles,   (ii)   unamortized
 Indebtedness, discount  and expenses, (iii) all  reserves for depreciation,
 obsolescence, depletion and  amortization of their properties  and (iv) all
 other proper reserves  which in accordance with GAAP should  be provided in
 connection with the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the consolidated stockholders'
 equity of such  Person, determined  on a consolidated  basis in  accordance
 with GAAP, less (without  duplication) amounts attributable to Disqualified
 Stock of such Person.

 "Continuing Director" means a director who either was a member of the Board
 of Directors of the Company  on the Issue Date or who became  a director of
 the Company subsequent  to such date and whose election,  or nomination for
 election by the Company's stockholders, was duly  approved by a majority of
 the Continuing  Directors than on  the Board of  Directors of  the Company,
 either by a specific vote or by  approval of the proxy statement issued  by
 the Company  on behalf of the  entire Board of Directors of  the Company in
 which such individual is named as nominee for director.

 "Disqualified Stock" of any Person  means any Capital Stock of such  Person
 which,  by its terms  (or by  the terms  of any security  into which  it is
 convertible or for which it is  exchangeable), or upon the happening of any
 event, matures or  is mandatorily  redeemable, pursuant to  a sinking  fund
 obligation  or otherwise,  or is  redeemable at  the option  of the  holder
 thereof, in whole  or in part,  on or prior  to the  final maturity of  the
 Notes; provided that any Preferred Stock of the Company  outstanding on the
 Issue Date shall not be deemed Disqualified Stock.

 "Eligible  Accounts  Receivable"  means  the face  value  of  all "eligible
 receivables"  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  party to  any  credit
 agreement  constituting Senior Credit Facility (as such term is defined for
 purposes of such credit agreement).

 "Eligible  Inventory" means the face  value of all  "eligible inventory" of
 the Company and its Subsidiaries party to any credit agreement constituting
 the Senior  Credit Facility (as such  term is defined for  purposes of such
 credit agreement).

 "Exchange Act" means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 "GAAP"   means  generally  accepted   accounting  principles,  consistently
 applied, as in effect on the Issue Date in the United States of America, as
 set forth in the  opinions and pronouncements of the  Accounting Principles
 Board of  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  and
 statements and  pronouncements of the Financial  Accounting Standards Board
 or in  such  other statements  by such  other entity  as is  approved by  a
 significant segment of the accounting profession.

 "guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of
 such Person guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the "primary
 obligor") in  any manner,  whether directly  or indirectly, and  including,
 without limitation, any  obligation of such Person  (i) to purchase  or pay
 (or  advance  or  supply  funds  for  the  purchase  or  payment  of)  such
 Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase
 of) any  security for the  payment of such  Indebtedness, (ii)  to purchase
 property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the holder  of
 such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness, or (iii) to maintain
 working  capital, equity capital or other  financial statement condition or
 liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay
 such Indebtedness  (and "guaranteed," "guaranteeing"  and "guarantor" shall
 have meanings  correlative to the  foregoing); provided, however,  that the
 guarantee by any Person  shall not include endorsements by  such Person for
 collection or deposit,  in either case, in the ordinary course of business.


 "Guarantee" means  the guarantee of  the Notes by each  Guarantor under the
 Indenture.

 "Guarantors" means (i) each of Dominion Stores, Inc., Tultex International,
 Inc., Logo 7, Inc.,  Universal Industries, Inc., AKOM, Ltd.,  Tultex Canada
 Inc. and Sweat Jet, Incorporated and (ii) each Material Subsidiary, whether
 formed  or  acquired  after the  Issue  Date  provided  that, any  Material
 Subsidiary  acquired after the Issue Date which is prohibited from entering
 into  a Guarantee pursuant to restrictions contained in any debt instrument
 in  existence at the time such Material  Subsidiary was so acquired and not
 entered into in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition shall not
 be required to  become a Guarantor  so long as any  such restriction is  in
 existence and to the extent of any such restriction.

 "Incur" means, with respect  to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any
 Person,  to  create, issue,  incur  (including by  conversion,  exchange or
 otherwise), assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such
 Indebtedness  or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to
 GAAP  or otherwise,  of any  such Indebtedness or  other obligation  on the
 balance sheet  of such  Person (and "Incurrence,"  "Incurred," "Incurrable"
 and  "Incurring"  shall  have   meanings  correlative  to  the  foregoing).
 Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing  at the time
 such  Person becomes  a Subsidiary  of the  Company (or  is merged  into or
 consolidates with the Company  or any of  its Subsidiaries) whether or  not
 such  Indebtedness was incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of,
 such Person becoming  a Subsidiary of the Company (or  being merged into or
 consolidated with the  Company or any of its Subsidiaries)  shall be deemed
 Incurred at the time any such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or
 merges into or consolidates with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 "Indebtedness"  means (without  duplication), with  respect to  any Person,
 whether recourse is  to all or a portion  of the assets of such  Person and
 whether or not contingent,  (i) every obligation of  such Person for  money
 borrowed,  (ii)  every  obligation  of  such  Person  evidenced  by  bonds,
 debentures,  notes  or  other  similar instruments,  including  obligations
 incurred  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  property,  assets  or
 businesses,  (iii)  every  reimbursement  obligation of  such  Person  with
 respect to  letters of credit,  bankers' acceptances or  similar facilities
 issued for the account of such Person, (iv) every obligation of such Person
 issued or assumed  as the deferred purchase  price of property or  services
 (but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the
 ordinary course  of  business which  are  not overdue  or  which are  being
 contested  in good  faith),  (v) every  Capital  Lease Obligation  of  such
 Person,  (vi)  every net  obligation under  interest  rate swap  or similar
 agreements or  foreign currency  hedge, exchange or  similar agreements  of
 such  Person and (vii) every obligation of  the type referred to in clauses
 (i) through (vi) of another Person  and all dividends of another Person the
 payment  of  which,  in either  case,  such  Person  has guaranteed  or  is
 responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or
 otherwise. Indebtedness  shall include  the liquidation preference  and any
 mandatory  redemption payment  obligations in  respect of  any Disqualified
 Stock of  the Company,  and  any Preferred  Stock of  a  Subsidiary of  the
 Company.   Indebtedness shall never  be calculated taking  into account any
 cash and cash equivalents held by such Person.

 "Investment" by  any Person means any  direct or indirect loan,  advance or
 other extension of credit or capital contribution to (by means of transfers
 of cash  or other property to  others or payments for  property or services
 for the account or use of others, or otherwise), or purchase or acquisition
 of  Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence
 of Indebtedness issued by any other Person.

 "Issue Date" means the original issue date of the Notes.

 "Lien" means, with respect to any  property or assets, any mortgage or deed
 of  trust,  pledge,  hypothecation, assignment,  security  interest,  lien,
 charge,  easement  (other  than   any  easement  not  materially  impairing
 usefulness or  marketability), encumbrance,  preference, priority  or other
 security  agreement with  respect to  such property  or assets  (including,
 without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement
 having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 "Material  Subsidiary"  means any  Subsidiary  of the  Company  which would
 constitute a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1.02 of Regulation
 S-X  promulgated by  the  Commission  except  that  for  purposes  of  this
 definition all reference therein to ten (10) percent shall be  deemed to be
 references to five (5) percent.

 "Net Available Proceeds"  from any  Asset Disposition by  any Person  means
 cash or readily marketable  cash equivalents received (including by  way of
 sale  or discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable,
 but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by
 the  acquiree  of  Indebtedness  or  other  obligations  relating  to  such
 properties or assets or  received in any other  noncash form) therefrom  by
 such  Person, net  of  (i) all  legal, title  and  recording tax  expenses,
 commissions  and other fees and  expenses Incurred and  all federal, state,
 foreign  and  local taxes  required  to  be accrued  as  a  liability as  a
 consequence  of  such Asset  Disposition, (ii)  all  payments made  by such
 Person or  its Subsidiaries  on any Indebtedness  which is secured  by such
 assets in accordance  with the terms of  any Lien upon  or with respect  to
 such assets or which must by the terms of  such Lien, or in order to obtain
 a necessary  consent to such  Asset Disposition  or by  applicable law,  be
 repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all  payments
 made with respect to liabilities  associated with the assets which  are the
 subject  of the  Asset  Disposition, including,  without limitation,  trade
 payables  and other  accrued liabilities,  (iv)  appropriate amounts  to be
 provided by such Person or any Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, as a
 reserve in  accordance with  GAAP against  any liabilities  associated with
 such assets and retained by  such Person or any Subsidiary thereof,  as the
 case may  be, after such Asset Disposition,  including, without limitation,
 liabilities under  any indemnification obligations and  severance and other
 employee termination  costs associated  with such Asset  Disposition, until
 such time  as such amounts  are no longer  reserved or  such reserve is  no
 longer  necessary  (at which  time any  remaining  amounts will  become Net
 Available Proceeds to  be allocated  in accordance with  the provisions  of
 clause (iii) of  "Limitation on  Certain Asset Dispositions")  and (v)  all
 distributions  and other  payments  made to  minority  interest holders  in
 Subsidiaries  of such Person  or joint ventures  as a result  of such Asset
 Disposition.

 "Offer to Purchase" means a written offer (the "Offer") sent by the Company
 by  first class  mail,  postage  prepaid, to  each  Holder  at his  address
 appearing in the register for the  Notes on the date of the Offer  offering
 to purchase up to the principal amount of  Notes specified in such Offer at
 the purchase price  specified in such Offer (as  determined pursuant to the
 Indenture).  Unless otherwise  required by applicable law, the  Offer shall
 specify an expiration date (the "Expiration Date") of the Offer to Purchase
 which shall be, not less  than 30 days or more than 60 days  after the date
 of such Offer  and a settlement date (the "Purchase  Date") for purchase of
 Notes within five  Business Days after  the Expiration Date.   The  Company
 shall notify the Trustee at least 15 Business Days (or  such shorter period
 as is  acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the  mailing of the Offer of the
 Company's obligation to make an  Offer to Purchase, and the Offer  shall be
 mailed by the Company  or, at the Company's request, by  the Trustee in the
 name and at  the expense of the Company.   The Offer shall contain  all the
 information required by  applicable law to be included  therein.  The Offer
 shall  contain  all instructions  and  materials necessary  to  enable such
 Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.  The Offer shall
 also state:

   (1)    the Section  of the  Indenture pursuant to  which the  Offer to
   Purchase is being made;

   (2)   the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

   (3)  the aggregate  principal amount of the  outstanding Notes offered
   to  be purchased  by the  Company pursuant  to the  Offer to  Purchase
   (including,  if less than  100%, the manner  by which  such amount has
   been determined pursuant to the Section of the Indenture requiring the
   Offer to Purchase) (the "Purchase Amount");

   (4)   the  purchase price to be paid by the Company for    each $1,000
   aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for payment (as specified
   pursuant to the Indenture) (the "Purchase Price");

   (5)    that  the Holder may  tender all  or any  portion of the  Notes
   registered  in the name of such Holder  and that any portion of a Note
   tendered  must be tendered in an integral multiple of $1,000 principal
   amount;

   (6)   the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender
   pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

   (7)    that  interest on  any Note  not tendered or  tendered but  not
   purchased  by the  Company  pursuant to  the  Offer to  Purchase  will
   continue to accrue;

   (8)   that on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price will become due and
   payable  upon each  Note being  accepted for  payment pursuant  to the
   Offer  to Purchase and that interest thereon  shall cease to accrue on
   and after the Purchase Date;

   (9)   that Holders will be entitled to  withdraw all or any portion of
   Notes  tendered if  the Company  (or its  Paying Agent)  receives, not
   later  than the  close of  business  on the  fifth  Business Day  next
   preceding   the  Expiration   Date,  a   telegram,  telex,   facsimile
   transmission  or  letter setting  forth the  name  of the  Holder, the
   principal  amount of  the Note  the  Holder tendered,  the certificate
   number  of the  Note the  Holder  tendered and  a statement  that such
   Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

   (10)   that (a) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or
   equal  to  the Purchase  Amount are  duly  tendered and  not withdrawn
   pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such
   Notes  and (b) if Notes in an  aggregate principal amount in excess of
   the Purchase Amount  are tendered  and not withdrawn  pursuant to  the
   Offer  to  Purchase,  the  Company  shall  purchase  Notes  having  an
   aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase  Amount on a pro rata
   basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only
   Notes in denominations of $1,000  or integral multiples thereof  shall
   be purchased); and

   (11)   that in the case of any Holder  whose Note is purchased only in
   part, the Company  shall execute, and  the Trustee shall  authenticate
   and deliver to  the Holder of such Note without  service charge, a new
   Note or Notes,  of any  authorized denomination as  requested by  such
   Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange  for
   the unpurchased portion of the Note so tendered.  An Offer to Purchase
   shall  be governed by and  effected in accordance  with the provisions
   above pertaining to any Offer.

 "Permitted  Investments"   means  (i)  Investments  in  marketable,  direct
 obligations  issued or guaranteed by  the United States  of America, or any
 governmental entity  or agency  or political subdivision  thereof (provided
 that the  good faith and credit of the  United States of America is pledged
 in support thereof), maturing within one year of the date of purchase; (ii)
 Investments in commercial paper issued by corporations, each of which shall
 have a consolidated net worth of at least $500,000,000, maturing within 180
 days from the date of the original issue thereof, and rated "P-1" or better
 by  Moody's  Investors Service  or "A-1"  or  better by  Standard  & Poor's
 Corporation  or  an equivalent  rating or  better  by any  other nationally
 recognized securities  rating agency; (iii) Investments  in certificates of
 deposit  issued or  acceptances accepted by  or guaranteed  by any  bank or
 trust company organized under the  laws of the United States of  America or
 any state thereof or the District of Columbia, in each case having capital,
 surplus and  undivided profits  totalling more than  $500,000,000, maturing
 within  one year  of the  date of  purchase; (iv)  Investments representing
 Capital  Stock  or  obligations  issued  to  the  Company  or  any  of  its
 Subsidiaries in the  course of the good faith  settlement of claims against
 any other Person or by reason of a composition or readjustment of debt or a
 reorganization of any debtor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (v)
 deposits, including interest-bearing  deposits, maintained in the  ordinary
 course of  business in banks; and (vi) any acquisition of the Capital Stock
 of any Person  provided that after  giving effect to  any such  acquisition
 such Person shall become a Subsidiary of the Company.

 "Person" means any individual, corporation, limited or general partnership,
 joint  venture,  association, joint  stock  company, trust,  unincorporated
 organization or government or any agency or political subdivisionthereof.

 "Preferred  Stock", as  applied to the  Capital Stock of  any Person, means
 Capital  Stock of such Person of any  class or classes (however designated)
 that ranks  prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution
 of  assets upon  any voluntary  or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or
 winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of
 such Person.

 "Related  Person"  of  any  Person  means  any  other  Person  directly  or
 indirectly owning  (a) 5% or more  of the outstanding Common  Stock of such
 Person (or, in  the case of a Person that is  not a corporation, 5% or more
 of the equity  interest in such Person)  or (b) 5% or more  of the combined
 voting power of the Voting Stock of such Person.

 "Sale  and Leaseback Transaction" of  any Person means  an arrangement with
 any lender  or investor or  to which  such lender  or investor  is a  party
 providing for the leasing by  such Person of any property or asset  of such
 Person which has been  or is being sold or transferred  by such Person more
 than   270  days  after  the  acquisition  thereof  or  the  completion  of
 construction  or commencement  of  operation  thereof  to  such  lender  or
 investor or to any  Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by
 such lender  or investor on  the security of such  property or asset.   The
 stated maturity of  such arrangement shall be the date  of the last payment
 of rent or any other amount  due under such arrangement prior to the  first
 date  on which  such arrangement  may be terminated  by the  lessee without
 payment of a penalty.

 "Senior  Credit Facility" means the Credit Agreement, dated as of ________,
 1995, among the  Company as  borrower thereunder, any  Subsidiaries of  the
 Company  as guarantors  thereunder  and NationsBank,  N.A. (Carolinas),  as
 agent on  behalf of itself and  the other lenders  named therein, including
 any   deferrals,  renewals,   extensions,  replacements,   refinancings  or
 refundings thereof, or amendments, modifications or supplements thereto and
 any  agreement providing therefor whether by or  with the same or any other
 lender, creditors, group of lenders or group of creditors.

 "Subsidiary" of any  Person means (i)  a corporation more  than 50% of  the
 outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such
 Person  or by  one or  more other Subsidiaries  of such  Person or  by such
 Person and one or more other Subsidiaries thereof or (ii)  any other Person
 (other  than a  corporation) in  which such  Person, or  one or  more other
 Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more other Subsidiar-
 ies thereof, directly or  indirectly, has at least a majority ownership and
 voting power relating to the policies, management and affairs thereof.

 "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 "Voting Stock"  of any  Person means  Capital Stock  of  such Person  which
 ordinarily  has  voting power  for the  election  of directors  (or persons
 performing similar functions) of such Person, whether  at all times or only
 so long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of
 any contingency.

 "Wholly  Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means  a Subsidiary of such Person
 all of the outstanding Capital Stock  or other ownership interests of which
 (other  than directors' qualifying  shares) shall at  the time  be owned by
 such Person  or by one or more Wholly Owned  Subsidiaries of such Person or
 by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

                                 Underwriting

 Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting
 Agreement dated  __________,  1995  (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  J.P.
 Morgan  Securities Inc.  ("J.P. Morgan")  and NationsBanc  Capital Markets,
 Inc. ("NationsBanc" and collectively with J.P. Morgan, the "Underwriters"),
 have severally  agreed to purchase  from the Company,  and the Company  has
 agreed to sell to them, severally,  the principal amount of Notes set forth
 opposite  their  names below.    Under  the  terms  and conditions  of  the
 Underwriting  Agreement, the Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for
 the entire principal amount of the Notes, if any Notes are purchased.

                                                  Principal
                                                   Amount

 J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.                       $
 NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.                 _________

      Total                                     $115,000,000


 The  Underwriters  propose initially  to offer  the  Notes directly  to the
 public at the price set forth on  the cover page of this Prospectus and  to
 certain dealers  at such price less a concession not in excess of _____% of
 the principal  amount of the Notes.   The Underwriters may  allow, and such
 dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of ______% of the principal
 amount of  the Notes to certain  others dealers.  After  the initial public
 offering  of  the  Notes,  the  initial  public  offering  price  and  such
 concessions may be changed.

 The  Company and  the Guarantors in  existence on  the closing  date of the
 Offering have agreed, jointly and severally, to indemnify  the Underwriters
 against  certain  liabilities, including  liabilities under  the Securities
 Act.

 There is currently no trading market for  the Notes.  The Company does  not
 intend to  list the Notes on any securities exchange.  The Company has been
 advised  by the Underwriters that the Underwriters currently intend to make
 a market in the Notes; however, the Underwriters are not obligated to do so
 and may discontinue any  such market making at any time without notice.  No
 assurance can  be given as to  the development or liquidity  of any trading
 market for the Notes.

 J.P. Morgan  has provided investment  banking and other  financial services
 for the Company in the past.  In addition, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
 New York, an  affiliate of  J.P. Morgan,  will act  as a  lender under  the
 Senior Credit Facility.

 NationsBank N.A. (Carolinas), an affiliate of NationsBanc, acted as lender,
 Co-Agent and  Administrative Agent  under the Company's  existing revolving
 credit facility and will act in the same capacities under the Senior Credit
 Facility.  NationsBanc acted as Structuring and Syndicating Agent under the
 Company's  existing revolving  credit facility,  for which it  has received
 customary fees  and will act in  the same capacity under  the Senior Credit
 Facility,  for  which  it  will  receive  customary  fees.    In  addition,
 NationsBanc has  provided investment  banking and other  financial services
 for the Company in the past.

                                Legal Matters

 The validity of the  Notes will be passed upon for the  Company by Hunton &
 Williams, Richmond, Virginia.  Lathan M.  Ewers, Jr., a partner of Hunton &
 Williams,  is  a  director  of  the  Company.    Certain  legal  matters in
 connection with  the Notes  offered  hereby will  be  passed upon  for  the
 Underwriters  by  Cahill  Gordon  &  Reindel  (a  partnership  including  a
 professional corporation), New York, New York.


                                   Experts

 The financial statements of Tultex Corporation included in this Prospectus,
 except as they relate to the unaudited  nine-month periods ended October 1,
 1994 and October  2, 1993 and except  as they relate  to Universal for  the
 year  ended December 31, 1991 (whose financial statements are not presented
 separately  herein), have been audited by Price Waterhouse LLP, independent
 accountants, and, insofar as  they relate to Universal  for the year  ended
 December 31,  1991, by Coopers  & Lybrand L.L.P.,  independent accountants,
 whose report thereon appears  herein.  Such financial statements  have been
 so  included in  reliance on  the reports  of such  independent accountants
 given on the authority of such firms as experts in auditing and accounting.

                        Index to Financial Statements

                                                                        Page

 Report of Price Waterhouse LLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-2

 Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-3

 Consolidated Balance Sheets of Tultex Corporation as of
 October 1, 1994 (unaudited), January 1, 1994 and
 January 2, 1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-4

 Consolidated Statements of Income of Tultex Corporation for the
 Nine Months Ended October 1, 1994 and October 2, 1993 (unaudited),
 Fiscal 1993, 1992 and 1991 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-5


 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity of Tultex Corporation
 for Fiscal 1993, 1992 and 1991  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Tultex Corporation for
 the Nine Months Ended October 1, 1994 and October 2, 1993
 (unaudited), Fiscal 1993, 1992 and 1991 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7


 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of Tultex Corporation for
 Fiscal 1993, 1992 and 1991 and the Nine Months Ended October 1, 1994  . F-8


                                     F-1


               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Tultex Corporation

In our opinion, based upon our audits and the report of other auditors, the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements
of income, of cash flows and of changes in stockholders' equity present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Tultex Corporation and its
subsidiaries (the company) at January 1, 1994 and January 2, 1993, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended January 1, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial
statements of Universal Industries, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, which
statements reflect total revenues of $34,984,000 for the year ended December 31,
1991. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report thereon has
been furnished to us, and our opinion expressed herein, insofar as it relates to
the amounts included for Universal Industries, Inc., is based solely on the
report of other auditors. We conducted our audits of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable
basis for the opinion expressed above.

As discussed in Note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements, the company changed its
method of accounting for income taxes in 1992 and 1991. In addition, as
discussed in Notes 3 and 10 of Notes to the Financial Statements, the company
changed its method of valuing inventory and accounting for postretirement
medical and life insurance benefits, respectively, in 1993.

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Winston-Salem, North Carolina
February 23, 1994

                             F-2







                      REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Universal Industries, Inc.:

     We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Universal Industries,
Inc. as of December 31, 1991 and 1990 and the related consolidated statements
of income and retained earings and cash flows for each of the three years
ended December 31, 1991. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our Responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Universal Industries, Inc. as of
December 31, 1991 and 1990, and the results of its operations and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1991 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                      COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Boston, Massachusetts
March 19, 1992

                              F-3



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

BALANCE SHEET
                                           (In thousands of dollars
                                              except share data)

                                                        OCT. 1, 1994          Jan. 1, 1994     Jan. 2, 1993
ASSETS                                                  (UNAUDITED)

<S>                                                     <C>                  <C>              <C>
Current assets:
   Cash and equivalents (Note 5)                             $ 14,726        $  6,754          $  3,603
   Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
     accounts and returns of $2,374 (1993) and $2,360
     (1992)                                                   180,395         116,383           109,880
   Inventories (Note 3)                                       165,593         157,278           130,166
   Prepaid expenses                                            15,040           8,276             5,678

Total current assets                                          375,754         288,691           249,327

Property, plant and equipment, net of depreciation (Note
  4)                                                          140,660         151,775           153,188
Intangible assets                                              27,071          27,983            29,200
Other assets                                                    6,021           6,516             4,103

TOTAL ASSETS                                                 $549,506        $474,965          $435,818

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
   Notes payable to banks (Note 5)                           $  3,000         $    --          $ 79,825
   Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 6)               28,346           8,524             2,268
   Accounts payable - trade                                    25,180          18,170            16,977
   Accrued liabilities - other                                 18,917          13,923            15,914
   Dividends payable (Note 7)                                      --           1,736             1,728
   Income taxes payable                                           889           2,785             5,898

Total current liabilities                                      76,332          45,138           122,610

Long-term debt, less current maturities (Note 6)              277,321         230,914           118,438

Deferrals:
   Deferred income taxes (Note 9)                              12,839          14,014            12,134
   Other                                                        5,651           5,702             3,843

Total deferrals                                                18,490          19,716            15,977

Stockholders' equity (Notes 6, 8, 15 and 16):
   5% cumulative preferred stock, $100 par value;
     authorized - 22,000 shares,
     issued and outstanding - 1,975 shares (1993
     and 1992)                                                    198             198               198
   Series B, $7.50 cumulative convertible preferred
     stock; issued and outstanding - 150,000 shares
     (1993 and 1992)                                           15,000          15,000            15,000
   Common stock, $1 par value; authorized - 60,000,000
     shares, issued and outstanding - 29,053,126
     shares (1993) and 28,877,526 shares (1992)                29,807          29,053            28,878
   Capital in excess of par value                               5,279           1,889               681
   Retained earnings                                          130,783         133,107           134,136

                                                              181,067         179,247           178,893
Less notes receivable from stockholders                         3,704              50               100

Total stockholders' equity                                    177,363         179,197           178,793

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 12, 13 and 14)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                   $549,506         474,965          $435,818
</TABLE>

The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of
this statement.

                                  F-4

STATEMENT OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal years ended:                         OCT. 1, 1994        Oct. 2,1993       Jan. 1, 1994      Jan. 2, 1993      Dec. 28, 1991
                                            (Nine months,      (Nine months,      (52 weeks)        (53 weeks)        (52 weeks)
                                             unaudited)          unaudited)
(In thousands of dollars except
per share data)

<S>                                       <C>                 <C>                <C>             <C>                <C>
Net sales and other income                   $397,125            $378,369          $   533,611     $    503,946       $    349,910

Costs and expenses:

 Cost of products sold                        298,701             278,623              395,727          368,027            271,243

 Depreciation                                  18,220              16,773               23,364           20,831             17,369

 Selling, general and administrative           67,885              64,813               88,433           81,297             45,481

 Gain on sale of facilities                        --                  --                   --               --             (4,014)

 Interest                                      13,203              12,337               16,996           13,540              9,064

Total costs and expenses                      398,009             372,546              524,520          483,695            339,143

Income before income taxes and cumulative
effect of change in accounting principle         (884)              5,823                9,091           20,251             10,767

Provision for income taxes (Note 9)              (336)              2,161                3,188            7,060              3,443

Income before cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principle                 (548)              3,662                5,903           13,191              7,324

Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle (Note 9)                      --                  --                   --               --              2,848

Net income                                  $    (548)            $ 3,662          $     5,903     $     13,191       $     10,172

Earnings per share:

   Income before cumulative effect of
   a change in accounting principle          $   (.05)            $   .10          $       .16     $        .42       $        .25

   Cumulative effect of a change
   in accounting principle (Note 9)                --                  --                   --               --                .10

Net income per common share                  $   (.05)            $   .10          $       .16     $        .42       $        .35

Dividends per common share (Note 7)          $    .05             $   .15          $       .20     $        .20       $        .32
</TABLE>

The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of
this statement.

                            F-5

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CAPITAL                   NOTES
                                         5%           SERIES B               IN EXCESS                 RECEIVABLE-     TOTAL
                                         PREFERRED    PREFERRED    COMMON    OF PAR       RETAINED     STOCK-          STOCKHOLDERS'
                                         STOCK        STOCK        STOCK     VALUE        EARNINGS     HOLDERS         EQUITY
(In thousands of dollars
except share data)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
BALANCE AS OF DEC. 29, 1990              $208                       $28,860   $  565       $126,304     $ (636)        $155,301

Net income for the 52 weeks
   ended Dec. 28, 1991 (Note 3)                                                              10,172                      10,172
Preferred stock reacquired
   and cancelled (108 shares)             (10)                                                                              (10)
Exercise of stock options                                                 2       15                        (10)              7
Collections - stockholders'
   notes receivable                                                                                         462             462
Cash dividends on common stock
   ($.32 per share) (Note 7)                                                                 (8,831)                     (8,831)
Cash dividends on preferred
   stock (Note 7)                                                                               (10)                       (10)

BALANCE AS OF DEC. 28, 1991               198                        28,862      580        127,635        (184)        157,091

Net income for the 53 weeks
   ended Jan. 2, 1993                                                                        13,191                      13,191
Series B, preferred stock
   issued (150,000 shares)                             $ 15,000                                                          15,000
Exercise of stock options                                               16       101                        (30)             87
Collections - stockholders'
   notes receivable                                                                                         114             114
Cash dividends on common stock
   ($.20 per share) (Note 7)                                                                 (5,649)                     (5,649)
Cash dividends on preferred stock
   (Note 7)                                                                                  (1,041)                     (1,041)

BALANCE AS OF JAN. 2, 1993                198            15,000     28,878       681        134,136        (100)        178,793

Net income for the 52 weeks
   ended Jan. 1, 1994                                                                         5,903                       5,903
Exercise of stock options                                              175     1,208                        (11)          1,372
Collections - stockholders'
   notes receivable                                                                                          61              61
Cash dividends on common stock
   ($.20 per share) (Note 7)                                                                 (5,797)                     (5,797)
Cash dividends on preferred stock
   (Note 7)                                                                                  (1,135)                     (1,135)

BALANCE AS OF JAN. 1, 1994               $198          $ 15,000     $29,053   $1,889       $133,107     $  (50)         $179,197
</TABLE>

The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part
of this statement.

                                F-6

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                OCT. 1, 1994    Oct. 2, 1993     Jan. 1, 1994    Jan. 2, 1993     Dec. 28, 1991
  Fiscal years ended:                           (Nine months,   (Nine months,     (52 weeks)      (53 weeks)       (52 weeks)
                                                 unaudited)      unaudited)
  (In thousands of dollars)
<S>                                             <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income                                       $   (548)       $  3,662         $  5,903        $ 13,191         $ 10,172
Items not requiring (providing) cash:
   Depreciation                                    18,220          16,773           23,364          20,831           17,369
   Gain on sale of facilities                          --              --               --              --           (4,014)
   Deferred income taxes                               --              --            1,880            (234)           3,815
   Amortization of excess of fair value of
      assets acquired over cost                        --              --               --            (280)            (865)
   Amortization of intangible assets                  912             912            1,217           1,217               --
   Other deferrals                                 (1,226)           (187)           1,859           1,982            1,051
   Cumulative effect of a change in accounting
     principle                                         --              --               --              --           (2,848)

Changes in assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable                            (64,012)        (49,717)          (6,503)        (17,685)          (3,921)
   Inventories                                     (8,315)        (59,137)         (27,112)        (25,461)           9,380
   Prepaid expenses                                (6,764)         (1,328)          (2,598)         (2,227)            (151)
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses           10,268          13,487             (790)          1,139           (6,044)
   Income taxes payable                            (1,896)         (1,450)          (3,113)          2,690           (2,548)

Cash provided (used) by operating activities
(Notes 3, 6 and 9)                                (53,361)        (76,985)          (5,893)         (4,837)          21,396

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to property, plant and equipment         (7,105)        (20,556)         (22,250)        (30,330)         (14,360)
Change in other assets                                495          (1,456)          (2,413)            113           (1,179)
Sales and retirements of property and equipment        --              --              299             182           10,951
Acquisition of assets and certain liabilities
    of Logo 7                                          --              --               --         (57,756)              --

Cash provided (used) by investing activities       (6,610)        (22,012)         (24,364)        (87,791)          (4,588)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Issuance (payment) of short-term borrowings         3,000         103,500          (79,825)         24,063           12,463
Issuance of long-term debt                         73,019              --          121,000         140,000               24
Payments of long-term debt                         (6,790)           (139)          (2,268)        (79,156)         (20,524)
Preferred stock issued                                 --              --               --          15,000               --
Cash dividends (Note 7)                            (1,774)         (5,195)          (6,932)         (6,690)          (8,841)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options               488           1,358            1,433             201              469
Other                                                  --              --               --              --              (10)

Cash provided (used) by financing activities       67,943          99,524           33,408          93,418          (16,419)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents     7,972             527            3,151             790              389

Cash and equivalents at beginning of year           6,754           3,603            3,603           2,813            2,424

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR              $ 14,726        $  4,130         $  6,754        $  3,603         $  2,813
</TABLE>

The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this
statement.

                                   F-7


NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fiscal years ended January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and
December 28, 1991.

NOTE 1-ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The significant accounting policies followed by Tultex Corporation
and its subsidiaries in preparing the accompanying consolidated
financial statements are as follows:

Basis of Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of the company and its subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated
in consolidation.

Cash and Equivalents:  The company considers cash on hand,
deposits in banks, certificates of deposit and short-term marketable
securities as cash and equivalents for the purposes of the state-
ment of cash flows.

Inventories:  Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or
market, with cost determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO)
method. See Note 3 for information concerning the change in the
method of valuing inventories from the last-in, first-out (LIFO)
method to the FIFO method during 1993.

Property, Plant and Equipment:  Land, buildings and equipment are
carried at cost. Major renewals and betterments are charged to the
property accounts while replacements, maintenance and repairs
which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets
are expensed currently. Gain or loss on retirement or disposal of
individual assets is recorded as income or expense.

Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method for all
depreciable assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Classification                       Estimated Useful Lives

Land improvements                         20 years
Buildings and improvements                12-50 years
Machinery and equipment                   3-20 years

Capitalized Interest:  Interest is capitalized on major capital
expenditures during the period of construction. Total interest costs
incurred and amounts capitalized for the fiscal years were:


                Nine Months Ended:       Fiscal Years Ended:
                (Unaudited)

(In thousands     OCT. 1,     Oct. 2,     Jan. 1,     Jan. 2,     Dec. 28,
 of dollars)      1994        1993        1994        1993        1991

Total interest    $13,203     $12,337     $16,996     $13,540     $ 11,414
Interest
   capitalized         --          --          --          --       (2,350)
Net interest
  expense         $13,203     $12,337     $16,996     $13,540     $  9,064


Intangible Assets:  Goodwill and licenses are being
amortized on a straight-line basis over 25 years.

Pensions:  Pension expense includes charges for amounts not less
than the actuarially determined current service costs plus
amortization of prior service costs over 30 years. The company
funds amounts accrued for pension expense not in excess of the
amount deductible for federal income tax purposes.

Revenue Recognition:  The company recognizes the sale when the
goods are shipped or ownership is assumed by the customer.

Income Taxes:  Income taxes are provided based upon income
reported for financial statement purposes. Deferred income taxes
reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between financial and
taxable income.

Net Income per Share:  Net income per common share is computed
using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during the period after giving retroactive effect to stock splits and
stock dividends and after deducting the preferred dividend
requirements which accrued during the period.

Segment Information:  The company is a vertically integrated
manufacturer and marketer of activewear and leisure-time apparel
which is considered a single business segment.

Fiscal Year:  The company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday
nearest to December 31, which periodically results in a fiscal year of
53 weeks. The Universal Industries subsidiary historically observed
a calendar year. The difference in the year-ends was considered to
be immaterial on the pooled financial results contained in this
report. Universal Industries, Inc. adopted the fiscal year-end and
quarterly reporting periods of Tultex as of the acquisition date.

Other Postretirement Benefits:  As further described in Note 10, the
company changed its method of accounting for the costs of certain life
insurance and medical benefits for eligible retirees and dependents in
1993.

Unaudited Interim Results: The accompanying balance sheet as of October 1, 
1994 and the statements of income and cash flows for the nine months ended 
October 1, 1994 and October 2, 1993 are unaudited. In the opinion of 
management, these statements have been prepared on the same basis as the 
audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, 
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair 
presentation of the financial position of the company at October 1, 1994
and results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine month periods.
The information disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial
statements at October 1, 1994 and for the nine-month periods ended October 1,
1994 and October 2, 1993 are unaudited.

                               F-8

NOTE 2-MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

On January 31, 1992, effective as of January 1, 1992, the company acquired
assets, certain liabilities, contracts and licenses of Logo 7, Inc., a major
producer and marketer of licensed sports apparel, for a purchase price of
approximately $58 million, consisting of $15 million (stated value) of a new
series of Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, $7.50 Series B and $43
million cash. The $43 million cash was obtained with a 17-month interim loan
from two banks which was prepaid without penalty. The company obtained
permanent financing on June 26, 1992. The results of Logo 7 Inc. are included
in the company's consolidated statement of income for 1992. The purchase
price of $58 million has been allocated to the various acquired
assets. Goodwill of $4 million was determined and is being amortized
over 25 years on a straight-line basis. Logo 7, Inc., which was a
Subchapter S corporation, reported audited net sales of $92 million
and earnings before taxes of $3 milion for the 12 months ended December
31, 1991. Logo 7, Inc. had stockholders' equity of $14 million
at December 31, 1991.


The following pro forma results for 1991 include Logo 7, and do not purport to
be indicative of the results of operations that actually would have resulted
had the combination been in effect for the fiscal year or that may result in
the future. Also included in these 1991 results is Universal Industries, Inc.
which was acquired in June 1992 and accounted for as a pooling of interests.

                                                     Pro Forma
(In thousands of dollars except per share data)     1991 (Unaudited)

  Net sales and other income                         $427,699


  Income before cumulative effect of
     a change in accounting principle                   5,181

  Net income                                            8,029

  Earnings per share:
     Income before cumulative effect of
     a change in accounting principle               $     .14

  Net income                                        $     .24

On June 30, 1992, the company completed the acquisition of Universal
Industries, Inc., a professional sports hatwear licensee located in
Mattapoisett, Massachusetts, through an all-stock deal valued at $11.1
million for nearly 1.3 million common shares. The acquisition has been
accounted for as a pooling of interests, and accordingly, the financial
statements have been restated to include the results of operations for
Universal for all periods presented.



(In thousands            Six Months Ended          Year ended
 of dollars)             June 1992 (Unaudited)     Dec. 28, 1991

Net sales and
other income:
   Tultex                  $   138,588              $315,234
   Universal                    20,777                34,676

Combined                   $   159,365              $349,910

Income before
cumulative effect of a
change in accounting
principle:
   Tultex                  $    (5,331)            $  6,651
   Universal                       859                  673
Combined                   $    (4,472)            $  7,324

Net income:
   Tultex                  $    (5,331)            $  9,499
   Universal                       859                  673

Combined                   $    (4,472)            $ 10,172


NOTE 3-INVENTORIES

 The components of inventories are as follows:
                     OCT. 1,      Jan. 1,     Jan. 2,     Dec. 28,
(In thousands        1994         1994        1993        1991
of dollars)          (UNAUDITED)
Raw materials        $ 25,581     $ 29,291    $ 23,664    $ 5,074
Goods in process       18,628       11,956      13,641     12,494
Finished goods        117,705      112,296      88,549     68,243
Supplies                3,679        3,735       4,312      3,557

Total inventory      $165,593     $157,278    $130,166    $89,368

During the fourth quarter of 1993, the company changed its method of
determining the cost of inventories from the LIFO method to the FIFO
method. Under the current economic environment of low inflation, the
company believes that the FIFO method will result in a better measure-
ment of operating results. This change has been applied by retroactively
restating the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Although
this change in method did not materially impact net income in 1993, it
decreased net income by $4,001,000 or 14 cents per share in 1992,
and $416,000 or 1 cent per share in 1991.

                                F-9

NOTE 4-PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment, at cost, consist of the following:

                             OCT. 1,       Jan. 1,       Jan. 2,
                             1994          1994          1993
(In thousands of dollars)    (UNAUDITED)
Land and improvements        $  3,830      $  3,821       $  3,808
Buildings and improvements     68,674        68,204         65,254
Machinery and equipment       211,782       209,044        186,768
Construction in progress        4,660         2,863          8,399

                              288,946       283,932        264,229
Less accumulated
   depreciation               148,286       132,157        111,041
Net property, plant and
   equipment                 $140,660      $151,775       $153,188

NOTE 5-SHORT-TERM CREDIT AGREEMENTS

Until October 6, 1993, when the company entered into a two-year
revolving credit agreement with 12 banks (see Note 6), it had formal
short-term lines of credit with lending banks aggregating
$57,000,000 with interest payable at or below the prime rate. At
January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991, the weighted average
interest rates on borrowings outstanding of $79,825,000 and
$51,000,000 were 4.1% and 5.3%, respectively. The use of these
lines was restricted to the extent that the company was required to
liquidate its indebtedness to certain individual banks for a 30-day
period each year. At times, the company borrowed amounts in
excess of the lines on a short-term negotiated basis.

The company currently has short-term lines of credit with two lending
banks totaling $5,000,000. There were no borrowings outstanding under
these lines at January 1, 1994.

As part of the borrowing arrangements, the company was expected to
maintain average compensating cash balances, which were based on a
percentage of the available credit line by bank and the percentages varied
by bank. The amount of compensating balances required for credit lines in
effect at January 2, 1993 was an average of $1,320,000. The compensat-
ing balances were held under agreements which did not legally restrict the
use of such funds, and therefore the funds were not segregated on the
face of the balance sheet. The compensating cash balances were deter-
mined daily by the lending banks based upon balances shown by the
bank, adjusted for average uncollected funds and Federal Reserve
requirements. During the periods shown in the statements, the company
was in substantial compliance with the compensating requirements.
Funds on deposit with the lending banks and considered in the compen-
sating balances were subject to withdrawal; however, the availability of
the short-term lines of credit were dependent upon the maintenance of
sufficient average compensating balances.

The Universal Industries subsidiary, accounted for as a pooling-of-
interests acquisition, had outstanding under short-term banker's accep-
tance agreements $4,762,000 at December 31, 1991.

The company utilizes letters of credit for foreign sourcing of inventory.
Letters of credit outstanding were $9,715,000, $5,266,000 and $771,000 at
January 1, 1994, January 2, 1993 and December 28, 1991, respectively.
After October 6, 1993, all letters of credit issued were part of the revolving
credit agreement described in Note 6.



NOTE 6-LONG-TERM DEBT

                                 OCT. 1,      JAN. 1,      Jan. 2,
                                 1994         1994         1993
(In thousands of dollaars)       (UNAUDITED)

Amount due under
   revolving credit agreement    $192,000     $121,000     $   --
8 7/8% senior notes due
   June 1, 1999                    95,000       95,000     95,000
8.94% term loan due
   July 31, 1996                       --       22,917     25,000
Variable rate term loan due
   July 31, 1996                   18,282           --         --
Other indebtedness                    385          521        706
                                  305,667      239,438    120,706
Less current maturities            28,346        8,524      2,268
Total long-term debt             $277,321     $230,914   $118,438


On October 6, 1993, the company signed a two-year $225 million
revolving credit agreement with 12 banks with interest at or below prime.
The facility replaced the company's previous short-term credit lines used
to support working capital and future growth. The agreement provides for
a two-year maturity with three annual options to renew.

On June 26, 1992 the company issued 8.875% unsecured, senior
notes totaling $95,000,000. Payments consist of interest only for the
first two years and installment payments of principal and interest for
the remaining five years. The proceeds of this financing retired an
interim loan of $45,000,000 used to acquire Logo 7, prepaid
$25,000,000 of the $50,000,000 term loan obtained in 1989 and
refinanced other indebtedness.

Interest is due quarterly and principal is due in 11 remaining quarterly 
installments of $2,083,000 on the remaining $22,917,000 of the term loan. 
As a condition to the $25,000,000 prepayment in 1992, the company 
indemnified the term-loan lender for the costs and liabilities associated 
with an interest rate credit exchange agreement that allowed the lender to 
provide fixed-rate financing to the company at the inception of the term loan 
in 1989.

As of March 1, 1994, the company amended and restated its 8.94%
term loan. As a condition to the restatement of the term loan, the
company agreed to assume the cost to unwind an interest rate
credit exchange agreement that allowed the lender to provide fixed
rate financing to the company at the inception of the term loan in
1989. Interest is due quarterly at 90-day LIBOR + .75% and
principal is due in eight remaining quarterly installments of
$2,285,000 on the remaining balance of the term loan on October 1,
1994 of $18,282,000.

                              F-10

The term loan agreement, senior notes and revolving credit
agreement contain provisions regarding maintenance of working
capital and restrictions on payment of cash dividends. At October 1,
1994 and January 1, 1994, the company was in compliance or had
obtained waivers for any violations of the covenants. Consolidated
retained earnings, which were free of dividend restrictions,
amounted to $2,744,000 at January 1, 1994.

Interest paid by the company (net of capitalized amounts) in 1993,
1992 and 1991 was $16,830,000, $13,180,000 and $10,706,000,
respectively.

The approximate aggregate maturities of long-term debt for each
of the next five fiscal years are as follows:

 (In thousands of dollars)                       Total
 1994                                          $    8,524
 1995                                             148,541*
 1996                                              25,373
 1997                                              19,000
 1998                                              19,000

*Includes maturity of $121,000,000 outstanding under revolving credit agreement
which the company expects to renew.

NOTE 7-DIVIDENDS

At December 30, 1989, dividends payable represented amounts paid January 2, 1990
and April 2, 1990. The latter dividend was declared in December 1989 and was
charged against stockholders' equity in that period. This dividend was for the
first quarter 1990 and therefore not included in 1989 dividends per share
information presented in this report. At January 1, 1994, dividends payable
represents amounts paid on January 3, 1994.

Prior to second quarter 1994, all stated dividends on the five percent
cumulative preferred stock had been declared and paid. Cumulative dividends on
such stock that have not been declared or paid as of October 1, 1994, amounted
to $5,000. Prior to second quarter 1994, all stated dividends on the Series B
cumulative preferred stock had been declared and paid. Cumulative dividends on
such stock that have not been declared or paid as of October 1, 1994 amounted
to $563,000.

NOTE 8-STOCK OPTIONS

In 1988, the company's stockholders ratified the 1987 Stock Option Plan under
which 700,000 shares of common stock were reserved for stock option grants to
certain officers and employees. The plan provided that options may be granted
at prices not less than the fair market value on the date the option is
granted, which means the closing price of a share of common stock as reported
on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape on such day. Some options remain
unexercised from the 1987 Stock Option Plan, which expired November 19, 1992.

On March 21, 1991, the company's stockholders ratified the 1990 Stock
Option Plan under which 700,000 shares of common stock were reserved
for stock option grants to certain officers and employees. Options granted
under the 1990 Plan may be incentive stock options ("ISOs") or non-
qualified stock options. The option price will be fixed by the Executive
Compensation Committee of the Board at the time the option is granted,
but in the case of an ISO, the price cannot be less than the share's
fair market value on the date of grant. Grants must be made before
October 18, 2000 and expire within 10 years of the date of grant. In
exercising options, an employee may receive a loan from the
company for up to 90% of the exercise price. Outstanding loans are
shown as a reduction of stockholders' equity on the balance sheet.

On October 28, 1993, the Board of Directors approved an increase
of 500,000 shares in the maximum number of shares to be issued
pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Plan, ex-
tended the date that grants could be made to October 27, 2003, and
provided that no participant may be granted options in any calendar
year for more than 50,000 shares of Common Stock. Shareholders
will be asked to approve these changes at the Annual Meeting.

A summary of the changes in the number of common shares under option
for each of the three previous years follows:

Year ended                           Number        Per Share
January 1, 1994                      of Shares     Option Price

Outstanding at
   beginning of year                 1,015,833    $ 7.50-$9.63
Granted                                280,000    $ 6.88-$9.75
Exercised                              175,600    $ 7.63-$9.63
Expired                                165,000    $       7.88
Cancelled                               27,000    $ 7.63-$9.63

Outstanding at end of year             928,233    $ 6.88-$9.75

Exercisable at end of year             748,233    $ 6.88-$9.75

Shares reserved for future grant:
Beginning of year                      307,400

End of year                             39,900


Year ended                           Number       Per Share
January 2, 1993                      of Shares    Option Price

Outstanding at
   beginning of year                   545,196    $7.50-$11.92
Granted                                536,600    $ 8.38-$9.63
Exercised                               14,734    $ 7.63-$9.63
Expired                                 26,463    $      11.92
Cancelled                               24,766    $ 7.63-$9.63

Outstanding at end of year           1,015,833    $ 7.50-$9.63

Exercisable at end of year             945,833    $ 7.50-$9.63

Shares reserved for future grant:
Beginning of year                      836,350

End of year                            307,400

                                F-11

NOTE 8 (Continued)


Year ended                         Number        Per Share
December 28, 1991                  of Shares     Option Price

Outstanding at
    beginning of year               861,483    $7.50-$12.67
Granted                              30,000    $ 8.25-$8.38
Exercised                             2,550    $       7.63
Expired                             172,446    $      12.67
Cancelled                           171,291    $7.63-$12.67
Outstanding at end of year          545,196    $7.50-$11.92

Exercisable at end of year          515,196    $7.50-$11.92

Shares reserved for future grant:
Beginning of year                    47,500

End of year                         836,350

NOTE 9-PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for federal and state income taxes are
summarized as follows:
                         Jan. 1,       Jan. 2,        Dec. 28,
(In thousands of         1994           1993           1991
dollars)

Currently payable:
   Federal               $1,192        $6,694         $  (459)
   State                    116           600              87
                          1,308         7,294            (372)
Deferred:
   Federal                1,723          (214)          3,275
   State                    157           (20)            540
                          1,880          (234)          3,815
Total provision          $3,188        $7,060         $ 3,443

Deferred income taxes resulted from the following temporary differences:

                               Jan. 1,    Jan. 2,     Dec. 28,
(In thousands of dollars)      1994       1993        1991

Depreciation                  $ 2,095     $ 2,864     $2,346
Inventory                         (24)     (3,110)      (188)
Pension                          (486)        (83)       373
Debt prepayment penalty            --          --        415
Abandonment loss                  187          --        845
Goodwill                          283          --         --
Postretirement benefits          (172)         --         --
Other                              (3)         95         24
Total                         $ 1,880     $  (234)    $3,815

Significant components of the deferred tax liabilities and assets are as
follows:
                                   Jan. 1,    Jan. 2,
(In thousands of dollars)          1994       1993

Deferred tax liabilities:
   Tax over book depreciation      $15,990    $13,842
   Spare parts inventory               797        788
   Other                               665        425
Gross deferred tax liabilities     $17,452    $15,055

Deferred tax assets:
   Bad debt reserves                   766        765
   Inventory reserves                1,211      1,186
   Postretirement benefits             176         --
   Pension obligations                 962        462
   Workmen's compensation              182        181
   Abandonment loss                     --        193
   Other                               141        134
Gross deferred tax assets          $ 3,438    $ 2,921

Net deferred tax liabilities       $14,014    $12,134

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rates with the
company's effective income tax rates for 1993, 1992 and 1991 was as
follows:


                              Jan. 1,   Jan. 2,  Dec. 28,
                              1994      1993     1991

Statutory federal rate        34%       34%      34%
State rate, net                2         2        3
Goodwill                      --        --       (3)
Untaxed foreign income        --        (1)      (2)
Other                         (1)       --       --
Effective income tax rate     35%       35%      32%

Income tax payments were $4,512,000, $4,404,000 and $2,705,000 for
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.

In 1992, the company adopted the provisions of the Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes." This Statement, issued in February 1992, superseded SFAS No.
96, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which the company had adopted in
1991. Both statements require the liability method in accounting for
deferred income taxes. The company's adoption of SFAS No. 109
resulted in no material effect on 1992 earnings. The cumulative effect of
the change in accounting principle due to the adoption of SFAS No. 96 at
the beginning of the 1991 fiscal year was $2,848,000, or 10 cents per
share, and is separately shown in the 1991 statement of income.

The company is currently undergoing an examination by the Internal
Revenue Service for the years ended 1991, 1992 and 1993. While
the examination is not complete, management does not expect the
outcome to materially impact the financial position or results of operation
of the company.

                                 F-12

NOTE 10-EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

All qualified employees of the parent company and its Universal subsidiary
are covered by a noncontributory, defined benefit plan. The benefits are
based on years of service and the employee's highest 5 consecutive
calendar years of compensation paid during the 10 most recent years
before retirement. Prior service costs are amortized over 30 years. The
status of the defined benefit plan as of January 1, 1994 and January 2,
1993 was as follows:


(In thousands of dollars)                   1993           1992

Fair value of plan assets, primarily
   listed stocks and corporate and
   government debt                          $  40,261     $  40,006

Accumulated benefit obligation,
   including vested benefits of $29,294
   and $27,149, respectively                   30,114        27,977
Additional benefits based on
   estimated future salary levels               6,851         9,592

Projected benefit obligation                   36,965        37,569

Plan assets in excess of
   projected benefit obligation                 3,296         2,437
Unrecognized net gain                          (2,910)       (1,253)
Unrecognized net transitional assets           (2,308)       (2,777)
Unrecognized prior service cost                   257           293

Accrued pension liability                   $  (1,665)    $  (1,300)

The following rate assumptions were made for the noncontributory,
defined benefit and the nonqualified unfunded supplementary retirement
plans:
                                               1993          1992
Discount rate of return on
   projected benefit obligation                  8.0%        9.0%
Rate of return on plan assets                   10.0%        9.0%

The long-term rate of salary progression for 1993 reflected no anticipated
rate increase for the first two years, followed by 3.5% for two years, 4%
for six years and 5% thereafter. The comparable rate in 1992 was 5% for
all years. The changes in rates from year to year were made to reflect
what management considered to be a better approximation of the rates
to be realized.



Pension expense in 1993 and 1992 included the following components:
(In thousands of dollars)                   1993           1992

Service cost-benefits earned
   during the period                        $ 1,861     $ 1,697
Interest on projected benefit obligation      2,893       3,176
Actual gain on plan assets                   (2,362)     (2,400)
Net deferral                                 (1,919)     (1,370)
Curtailment loss                                 --         104
Settlement gain                                  --        (151)
Net periodic pension cost                   $   473     $ 1,056

The company's policy has been to fund the minimum required contribution
after the end of the fiscal year plus interest on the contribution from the
end of the plan year until paid. The company's Universal Industries
subsidiary historically funded the maximum required contribution during
the year.

At the end of 1992, Universal Industries, Inc. pension plan's future service
benefits were frozen and the plan assets were absorbed into the
company's pension plan, which resulted in a curtailment loss of $104,000.

The company has a nonqualified, unfunded supplementary retirement
plan for which it has purchased cost recovery life insurance on the lives of
the participants. The company is the sole owner and beneficiary of such
policies. The amount of coverage is designed to provide sufficient
revenues to recover all costs of the plan if assumptions made as to
mortality experience, policy earnings and other factors are realized.
Expenses related to the plan were $547,000 in 1993, $395,000 in 1992
and $312,000 in 1991. The actuarially determined liability which has been
included in other deferrals was $3,190,000 at January 1, 1994,
$2,313,000 at January 2, 1993 and $1,962,000 at December 28, 1991.

The following table sets forth the plan's status and amounts recognized
in the company's financial statements at January 1, 1994 and January 2,
1993:

(In thousands of dollars)                       1993         1992


Fair value of plan assets                     $     --      $    --

Accumulated benefit obligation, including
   vested benefits of $3,043 and $2,284,
   respectively                                  3,190        2,313
Additional benefits based on estimated
   future salary levels                             (5)       1,341

Projected benefit obligation                     3,185        3,654

Projected benefit obligation in excess
   of plan assets                               (3,185)      (3,654)
Unrecognized net loss                              667        1,213
Unrecognized transitional obligation             1,092        1,193
Adjustment required to recognize
   minimum liability                            (1,764)      (1,065)

Unfunded accrued supplementary costs          $ (3,190)    $ (2,313)


                                  F-13


NOTE 10 (Continued)

Net supplementary pension cost for the two years included the following
components:

(In thousands of dollars)                   1993    1992

Service cost-benefits earned during
   the period                               $110    $ 95
Interest on projected benefit obligation     276     200
Net amortization                             161     100

Net periodic supplementary pension cost     $547    $395


Substantially all employees meeting certain service requirements
are eligible to participate in the company's employee savings
(401-K) plan. Employee contributions are limited to a percentage of
their compensation, as defined in the plan. Although the plan did not
provide for any company contributions in 1992, a matching provision
became effective in April 1993, but was discontinued on January 2,
1994.

A new profit sharing plan was implemented January 1, 1991
which provides for a quarterly payment to employees if a profit is
reported in the most recently completed quarter and is sufficient to
recover any previously reported quarterly losses. This replaced the
employee bonus plan that was in effect in the previous years. The
employee profit sharing/bonus expense was $727,000 in 1993,
$4,614,000 in 1992 and $2,446,000 in 1991.

The company also provides certain postretirement medical and life
insurance benefits to substantially all employees who retire with a
minimum of 15 years of service for the period of time until the employee
and any dependents reach age 65. The medical plan requires monthly
contributions by retired participants which are dependent on the partici-
pant's length of service, age at the date of retirement and Medicare
eligibility. The life insurance plan is noncontributory. Prior to 1993, the
company expensed the costs relating to these unfunded plans as incurred.
Such costs amounted to approximately $375,000 in 1992 and 1991.

In 1993, the company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other
Than Pensions." The standard required companies to recognize the
estimated costs of providing postretirement benefits on an accrual basis.
The company elected the delayed recognition method of adoption which
allows amortization of the initial transitional obligation over a 20-year
period. At January 3, 1994, the actuarially determined accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation was $5,101,000.


The amounts recognized in the company's balance sheet at January 1,
1994 were as follows:


(In thousands of dollars)                1993
Accumulated postretirement
   benefit obligation                   $5,323
Unrecognized transitional
   obligation                           (4,846)
Accrued liability                       $  477


Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1993 included the
following components:

(In thousands of dollars)                1993

Service cost-benefits earned during
   the period                            $171
Interest on accumulated postretirement
   benefit obligation                     402
Amortization of accumulated
   postretirement benefit obligation      256

Total                                    $829

The discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation was 8%. The assumed medical cost trend rate
was 12% in 1993, declining by 1% per year until an ultimate rate of 5%
is achieved. The medical cost trend rate assumption has a significant
effect on the amount of the obligation and net periodic cost reported. A
one percentage point increase in the medical cost trend rate would have
increased the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by
$337,000 and the aggregate service and interest cost components of
the net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1993 by $52,000.

In November 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board released
Statement No. 112 "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits."
As the company does not have significant postemployment benefits, the
adoption of this statement in 1994 is not expected to have a material
impact on the company's results of operations or financial position.

                            F-14


NOTE 11-QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly financial information for
the nine-month period ended October 1, 1994 and the years ended January 1, 1994
and January 2, 1993.*


(In thousands of dollars        1994       1993        1992
except per share data)       (UNAUDITED)


NET SALES AND OTHER INCOME

 1st quarter                  $ 86,294    $ 91,022    $ 70,762
 2nd quarter                   101,900     100,238      88,603
 3rd quarter                   208,931     187,109     181,129
 4th quarter                        --     155,242     163,452

Total                         $397,125    $533,611    $503,946

GROSS PROFIT
 1st quarter                  $ 18,511    $ 21,957    $ 14,823
 2nd quarter                    18,757      23,386      17,805
 3rd quarter                    44,136      38,742      37,813
 4th quarter                        --      31,985      45,820

Total                         $ 81,404    $116,070    $116,261

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
  1st quarter                 $ (7,916)   $ (2,295)   $ (4,849)
  2nd quarter                   (4,892)        681      (2,816)
  3rd quarter                   11,924       7,437       7,729
  4th quarter                       --       3,268      20,187

Total                         $   (884)   $  9,091    $ 20,251

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
  1st quarter                 $ (3,008)   $   (852)   $ (1,791)
  2nd quarter                   (1,859)        246      (1,402)
  3rd quarter                    4,531       2,767       3,086
  4th quarter                      --        1,027       7,167

Total                         $   (336)   $  3,188    $  7,060

NET INCOME
  1st quarter                 $ (4,908)   $ (1,443)   $ (3,058)
  2nd quarter                   (3,033)        435      (1,414)
  3rd quarter                    7,393       4,670       4,643
  4th quarter                       --       2,241      13,020

Total                         $   (548)   $  5,903    $ 13,191

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
  1st quarter                 $   (.18)   $   (.06)   $   (.11)
  2nd quarter                     (.11)        .01        (.06)
  3rd quarter                      .24         .15         .15
  4th quarter                       --         .06         .44

Total                         $   (.05)   $    .16    $    .42

*The first two quarters of 1992 have been restated to reflect the acquisition of
  Universal Industries, Inc. treated as a pooling of interests. In addition, all
  quarters have been restated to reflect a change in accounting method from LIFO
  to FIFO.

NOTE 12-LEASE COMMITMENTS

At January 1, 1994, the company was obligated under a number of noncancellable,
renewable operating leases as follows:

                     Data          Manufacturing
(In thousands        Processing    Facilities and
of dollars)          Equipment     Other              Total

1994                 $ 3,064       $ 5,316            $ 8,380
1995                   2,568         4,582              7,150
1996                   1,905         3,578              5,483
1997                   1,450         2,701              4,151
1998                   1,051         2,124              3,175
1999 and after            --        14,771             14,771

                     $10,038       $33,072            $43,110

Rental expense charged to income was $15,092,000 in 1993, $13,696,000 in 1992
and $12,309,000 in 1991.

NOTE 13-EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

The company has entered into employment continuity agreements with certain of
its executives which provide for the payments to these executives of amounts up
to three times their annual compensation plus continuation of certain benefits,
if there is a change in control in the company (as defined) and a termination
of their employment. The maximum contingent liability at January 1, 1994 under
these agreements was approximately $4,560,000.

Employment agreements with certain executives were executed as a result of the
Logo 7 acquisition. Under predefined events of termination, the company could
incur a maximum liability of $9,786,000 as of January 1, 1994.

NOTE 14-CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

The company's concentration of credit risk is limited due to the large number
of primarily domestic customers who are geographically dispersed. The company
has no customer that constituted 10% of net sales in 1993. As disclosed on the
balance sheet, the company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to
cover estimated credit losses.


                                F-15


NOTE 15-SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

In March 1990, the Board of Directors of the company adopted a Shareholder
Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of
common stock to shareholders of record on April 2, 1990.  Each right entitles
the registered holder to purchase from the company, until the earlier of March
22, 2000 or the redemption of the rights, one one-thousandth of a share of newly
authorized Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, without
par value, at an exercise price of $40. The rights are not exercisable or
transferable apart from the common stock until the earlier of (i) 10 days
following the public announcement that a person or a group of affiliated persons
has acquired or obtained the right to acquire beneficial ownership of 10% or
more of the company's outstanding common stock or (ii) 10 business days
following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result
in a person or group owning 10% or more of the company's outstanding common
stock.  The company may redeem the rights at a price of $.01 per right at any
time prior to the acquisition of 10% or more of the company's outstanding common
stock or certain other triggering events.

NOTE 16-STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

In February 1994, the company initiated the Salaried Employees' Stock Purchase
Plan. Under the plan, employees may elect to purchase shares of the company's
common stock in amounts ranging from 20-30% of their annual salary. Employees
will pay for the stock through payroll deductions over a 60-month period. The
shares will be held by the company and interest of 6% per annum will be charged
until the end of the 60-month period. The price of the shares will be fixed as
of the last day of trading in February 1994. The company has reserved 925,000
shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the plan.


                             F-16

NOTE 17-CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following financial information presents condensed consolidating financial
data which includes i) the parent company only ("Parent"), ii) the wholly-owned
subsidiaries on a combined basis ("Wholly-owned Subsidiaries"), iii) the
majority owned subsidiary ("Majority-owned Subsidiary") and iv) the company on
a consolidated basis. All subsidiaries will guarantee the Senior Notes as
further discussed in Note 18.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In thousands of                                     Wholly-owned     Majority-owned
  dollars)                           Parent          Subsidiaries     Subsidiary       Eliminations      Consolidated

As of and for the nine months
ended October 1, 1994 (unaudited)

<S>                                 <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>                 <C>
Current assets                       $314,849         $158,475         $2,333           $ (99,903)          $375,754
Non-current assets                    193,291           42,592             --             (62,131)           173,752

Total Assets                         $508,140         $201,067         $2,333           $(162,034)          $549,506

Current liabilities                  $ 19,038         $122,847         $2,075           $ (67,628)          $ 76,332
Non-current liabilities               322,733              794            (58)            (27,658)           295,811

Total liabilities                    $341,771         $123,641         $2,017           $ (95,286)          $372,143

Net sales                            $226,112         $184,336         $2,633           $ (15,956)          $397,125
Cost and expenses                     231,698          179,888          2,885             (16,462)           398,009

Pretax net income (loss)             $ (5,587)        $  4,448         $ (252)          $     507           $   (884)

As of and for the year ended
January 1, 1994

Current assets                        $237,088         $111,401         $2,906          $ (62,704)           $288,691
Non-current assets                     203,828           44,578             --            (62,132)            186,274

Total assets                          $440,916         $155,979         $2,906          $(124,836)           $474,965

Current liabilities                   $ 15,597         $ 80,895         $2,442          $ (53,796)           $ 45,138
Non-current liabilities                257,459              486            (51)            (7,264)            250,630

Total liabilities                     $273,056         $ 81,381         $2,391          $ (61,060)           $295,768

Net sales                             $323,785         $234,278         $6,489          $ (30,941)           $533,611
Cost and expenses                      320,689          227,673          6,632            (30,474)            524,520

Pretax net income (loss)              $  3,097         $  6,605     $     (144)         $    (467)           $  9,091

As of and for the year ended
 January 2, 1993

Current assets                        $206,692         $ 82,901         $2,518          $ (42,784)         $249,327
Non-current assets                     205,689           45,624             --            (64,822)          186,491

Total assets                          $412,381         $128,525         $2,518          $(107,606)         $435,818

Current liabilities                   $105,406         $ 58,268         $1,999          $ (43,063)         $122,610
Non-current liabilities                135,633               16            (48)            (1,186)          134,415

Total liabilities                     $241,039         $ 58,284         $1,951          $ (44,249)         $257,025

Net sales                             $338,856         $192,586         $3,725          $ (31,221)         $503,946
Cost and expenses                      327,889          181,922          3,489            (29,605)          483,695

Pretax net income (loss)              $ 10,967         $ 10,664         $  236          $  (1,616)         $ 20,251

As of and for the year ended
 December 28, 1991

Current assets                        $ 98,838         $ 86,670         $3,267          $ (17,083)         $171,692
Non-current assets                     140,683            4,643             --             (2,061)          143,265

Total assets                          $239,521         $ 91,313         $3,267          $ (19,144)         $314,957

Current liabilities                   $ 48,603         $ 49,961         $2,844          $ (14,727)         $ 86,681
Non-current liabilities                 71,603            2,254            (10)            (2,662)           71,185

Total liabilities                     $120,206         $ 52,215         $2,834          $ (17,389)         $157,866

Net sales                             $306,972         $ 58,697         $1,650          $ (17,409)         $349,910
Cost and expenses                      307,155           50,449          1,455            (19,916)          339,143

Pretax net income (loss)              $   (183)        $  8,247         $  195          $   2,508          $ 10,767

</TABLE>
NOTE 18-SENIOR NOTE OFFERING (UNAUDITED)

The company is anticipating the completion of a public offering of
$115,000,000 principal amount of Senior Notes due 2005 ("Senior Notes")
during the first quarter of 1995. All subsidiaries of the company (the
"Subsidiary Guarantors") will fully and unconditionally guarantee the
company's obligations under the Notes on a joint and several basis.

                             F-17




                                   PART II

                    Information Not Required in Prospectus


 Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 The estimated expenses in connection with the offering are as follows:

      SEC Registration Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $      39,656
      NASD Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          12,000
      Blue Sky Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               *
      Legal Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               *
      Accounting Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               *
      Printing Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               *
      Miscellaneous  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               *
        Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $        *
 __________________
 *To be completed by amendment.

 Item 14.  Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 The Virginia Stock Corporation  Act permits, and the Company's  Articles of
 Incorporation (the  "Articles") require,  indemnification of  the Company's
 directors  and  officers in  a variety  of  circumstances that  may include
 liabilities under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended  (the "Securities
 Act").    Under  sections 13.1-697  and  13.1-702  of  the  Virginia  Stock
 Corporation  Act,  a  Virginia   corporation  is  generally  authorized  to
 indemnify its directors and  officers in civil or criminal  actions if they
 acted in good faith and, in the case of criminal actions, had no reasonable
 cause to  believe that the  conduct was  unlawful.  The  Company's Articles
 require  indemnification of any person with  respect to certain liabilities
 incurred in connection with any  proceeding to which that person is  made a
 party by reason of (i) his service to the Company as a director or officer,
 or (ii) his service as director,  officer, trustee or partner to some other
 enterprise  at the request  of the Company,  except in the  case of willful
 misconduct  or a  knowing  violation of  criminal law.    In addition,  the
 Company carries insurance on  behalf of directors, officers, employees  and
 agents that  may cover liabilities under the  Securities Act.  As permitted
 by  the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, the Company's Articles provide that
 in any proceeding brought by a  shareholder of the Company in the  right of
 the Company or brought  by or on behalf of shareholders of  the Company, no
 director or officer  of the Company shall  be liable to the  Company or its
 shareholders  for  monetary  damages   with  respect  to  any  transaction,
 occurrence  or  course  of conduct,  whether  prior  or  subsequent to  the
 effective date of such  Articles, except for liability resulting  from such
 person  having engaged in willful misconduct or  a knowing violation of the
 criminal law or any federal or state securities law.

 Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 The Company has  sold the following securities during  the past three years
 on the dates and for the consideration indicated:

 Capital Stock

 In January  1992, the  Company  issued an  aggregate of  150,000 shares  of
 Cumulative Convertible  Preferred Stock,  $7.50 Series  B, having a  stated
 value of  $15 million to LG  Sale Corporation, Inc. and  Herbert and Melvin
 Simon in connection with the acquisition of the business of Logo 7.

 In June 1992, the Company issued  1,263,393 shares of Common Stock having a
 market value of $11,086,268 in exchange for the capital stock of Universal.

 Debt

 In  June 1992, the Company  issued $95 million of the  8 7/8% Notes to various
 institutional investors.  J.  P. Morgan Securities Inc. acted  as placement
 agent for the 8 7/8% Notes.

 All of the above securities were offered and issued in private transactions
 not  involving any  public offering  and were  accordingly exempt  from the
 registration  provisions  of the  Securities Act  pursuant to  Section 4(2)
 thereof.

 Item 16.

      (a)  Exhibits

      1    Form  of Underwriting  Agreement  among  Tultex Corporation,  the
           Guarantors and the Underwriters*

      3.1  Restated Articles of  Incorporation of Tultex  Corporation (filed
           as Exhibit  3.1 to the  Company's Form 10-K  for the  fiscal year
           ended December 29, 1990 and incorporated herein by reference)

      3.2  Articles of  Amendment to the Restated  Articles of Incorporation
           of  Tultex Corporation  (filed  as  Exhibit  3 to  the  Company's
           Current  Report   on  Form  8-K   dated  January  31,   1992  and
           incorporated herein by reference)

      3.3  By-laws of Tultex Corporation*

      3.4  Articles of Incorporation of AKOM, Ltd.*

      3.5  Bylaws of AKOM, Ltd.*

      3.6  Articles of Incorporation of Dominion Stores, Inc.*

      3.7  Bylaws of Dominion Stores, Inc.*

      3.8  Articles of Incorporation of Tultex International, Inc.*

      3.9  Bylaws of Tultex International, Inc.*

      3.10 Articles of Incorporation of Logo 7, Inc.*

      3.11 Bylaws of Logo 7, Inc.*

      3.12 Articles of Incorporation of Universal Industries, Inc.*

      3.13 Bylaws of Universal Industries, Inc.*

      3.14 Articles of Incorporation of Tultex Canada, Inc.*

      3.15 Bylaws of Tultex Canada, Inc.*

      3.16 Articles of Incorporation of Sweatjet, Inc.*

      3.17 Bylaws of Sweatjet, Inc.*

      4.1  Form of  Indenture among  Tultex Corporation, the  Guarantors and
           First Union  National Bank of  Virginia, as Trustee,  relating to
           the Notes*

      4.2  Form of Senior Note (included in Exhibit 4.1)*

      4.3  Form of Subsidiary Guarantee (included in Exhibit 4.1)*

      5    Opinion of Hunton & Williams (including consent)*

      10.1 Tultex  Corporation 1987 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit B to
           the Company's  Definitive Proxy Statement dated  January 15, 1988
           and incorporated herein by reference)

      10.2 Tultex  Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit A to
           the Company's Definitive Proxy  Statement dated February 14, 1991
           and incorporated herein by reference)

      10.3 Tultex Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan (filed as Exhibit
           10.3  to  the  Company's Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal year  ended
           December 30, 1989 and incorporated herein by reference)

      10.4 Tultex  Corporation  Salaried  Employees' Common  Stock  Purchase
           Plan,  dated February  11,  1994 (filed  as  Exhibit 4.5  to  the
           Company's Registration Statement Form S-8 dated February 11, 1994
           and incorporated herein by reference)

      10.5 Form of Employment Continuity Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to
           the  Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended April 1, 1989 and
           the Company's Form 10-Q for the  quarter ended March 31, 1990 and
           incorporated herein by reference)

      10.6 Standstill  Agreement, dated as of January 31, 1992, among Tultex
           Corporation, Logo 7,  Inc. (Ind.), Melvin Simon and Herbert Simon
           (filed as Exhibit 10(b)  to the Company's Current Report  on Form
           8-K dated January 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference)

      10.7 Credit  Agreement, dated  as of  October 6,  1993, as  amended by
           First  Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of March
           4,  1994 for $225 million credit facility (filed as Exhibit 10.18
           to  the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 2, 1993
           (Credit Agreement) and  Exhibit 10.22 to the  Company's Form 10-Q
           for the quarter ended  April 2, 1994 (First Amendment  and Waiver
           to Credit Agreement) and incorporated herein by reference)

      10.8 Agreement  for Amended  and Restated  Term Loan  Agreement, dated
           March  1, 1994  between the  Company and  Wachovia Bank  of North
           Carolina, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company's Form 10-Q
           for  the quarter ended  April 2, 1994 and  incorporated herein by
           reference)

      10.9 Note  Agreements, dated June 1, 1992, as amended by Amendment No.
           1 to  Note Agreements  dated as of  September 1, 1993  and Second
           Amendment to Note Agreements  dated as of March 1, 1994,  between
           the  Company and each of the institutions named therein (filed as
           Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
           27,  1992 (Note Agreements), Exhibit 10.17  to the Company's Form
           10-Q  for the quarter ended  October 2, 1993 (Amendment  No. 1 to
           Note Agreements), and  Exhibit 10.20 to  the Company's Form  10-Q
           for the quarter  ended April  2, 1994 (Second  Amendment to  Note
           Agreements) and incorporated herein by reference)

      11   The computation of earnings  per share can be clearly  determined
           from the  financial statements  of the  Company contained  in the
           Prospectus

      12   Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges

      21   Subsidiaries of the Company

      23.1 Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP

      23.2 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

      23.3 Consent of Hunton & Williams (included in Exhibit 5)*

      24   Powers  of  attorney (included  on  the signature  pages  of this
           Registration Statement)

      25   Statement of  Eligibility and Qualification on Form  T-1 of First
           Union National Bank of  Virginia, as the Trustee under  the Trust
           Indenture Act of 1939
      __________________________
      * To be filed by amendment.

      (b)  Financial Statement Schedule

      The following Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. and financial statement
      schedule are included as part of this Registration Statement:

      Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

      Schedule VIII  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

      Note:   All  other  schedules  for  which provision  is  made  in  the
      applicable accounting  regulations of the Commission  are not required
      under  the  related  instructions,   are  inapplicable  or  have  been
      disclosed  in  the Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial Statements  and,
      therefore, have been omitted.

 Item 17.  Undertakings

 (a)  Insofar   as  indemnification  for   liabilities  arising   under  the
 Securities  Act of  1933  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
 controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
 or otherwise,  the registrant has been  advised that in the  opinion of the
 Securities and  Exchange Commission such indemnification  is against public
 policy as  expressed in the Act  and is, therefore, unenforceable.   In the
 event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
 the payment by the registrant  of expenses incurred or paid by  a director,
 officer,  or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense
 of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
 controlling  person in connection with the securities being registered, the
 registrant  will, unless in the opinion of  its counsel the matter has been
 settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
 jurisdiction  the question whether  such indemnification  by it  is against
 public  policy as expressed  in the Act  and will be governed  by the final
 adjudication of such issue.

 (b)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

           (1)  For  purposes  of   determining  any  liability  under   the
      Securities  Act  of 1933,  the information  omitted  from the  form of
      prospectus filed  as part of  this registration statement  in reliance
      upon Rule  430A and contained  in a  form of prospectus  filed by  the
      registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Securities Act
      shall be  deemed to be part  of this registration statement  as of the
      time it was declared effective.

           (2)  For  the  purpose of  determining  any  liability under  the
      Securities  Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a
      form of prospectus shall be deemed to  be a new registration statement
      relating to the securities  offered therein, and the offering  of such
      securities at  that time shall be  deemed to be the  initial bona fide
      offering thereof.


                                  Signatures

 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
 caused  this registration  statement  to be  signed on  its  behalf by  the
 undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of  Martinsville, State
 of Virginia, on this 20th day of January, 1995.


                             TULTEX CORPORATION
                             (Registrant)



                             By  /s/ Charles W. Davies, Jr.

                                  Charles W. Davies, Jr.
                                  President and Chief Executive Officer


                              Power of Attorney

 Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
 registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
 capacities indicated on  January 20,  1995.  Each  of the directors  and/or
 officers  of  Tultex  Corporation  whose  signature  appears  below  hereby
 appoints  O. Randolph Rollins,  Don P. Shook and  Lathan M. Ewers, Jr., and
 each of them  severally, as his  attorney-in-fact to sign  in his name  and
 behalf,  in any  and all  capacities  stated below,  and to  file with  the
 Commission any and all  amendments, including post-effective amendments, to
 this  registration  statement,  making  such changes  in  the  registration
 statement as appropriate,  and generally  to do  all such  things in  their
 behalf  in  their capacities  as officers  and  directors to  enable Tultex
 Corporation to comply with  the provisions of  the Securities Act of  1933,
 and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.


        Signature                            Title

  /s/ John M. Franck                 Chairman of the Board
  John M. Franck

  /s/ Charles W. Davies, Jr.         President and Chief Executive Officer
  Charles W. Davies, Jr.             (Principal Executive Officer)

  /s/ Don P. Shook                   Vice  President-Human and
  Don P. Shook                       Financial Resources (Principal
                                     Financial Officer)

  /s/ Suzanne H. Wood                Controller
  Suzanne H. Wood                    (Principal Accounting Officer)

  /s/ Lathan M. Ewers, Jr.           Director
  Lathan M. Ewers, Jr.

  /s/ William F. Franck              Director
  William F. Franck

  /s/ J. Burness Frith               Director
  J. Burness Frith

  /s/ Irving M. Groves, Jr.          Director
  Irving M. Groves, Jr.

  /s/ Bruce M. Jacobson              Director
  Bruce M. Jacobson

  /s/ Richard M. Simmons, Jr.        Director
  Richard M. Simmons, Jr.

  /s/ John M. Tully                  Director
  John M. Tully







                                  Signatures

 Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act, the  Co-Registrant has
 duly  caused this registration statement to be  signed on its behalf by the
 undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of  Martinsville, State
 of Virginia, on this 23rd of January, 1995.


                                    AKOM, LTD.
                                    (Co-Registrant)


                                    By  /s/John M. Franck
                                        John M. Franck
                                        President


                              Power of Attorney

 Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
 registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
 capacities indicated  on January 23,  1995.  Each  of the  directors and/or
 officers of AKOM,  Ltd. whose  signature appears below  hereby appoints  O.
 Randolph Rollins, Don P. Shook  and Lathan M. Ewers, Jr., and each  of them
 severally,  as his attorney-in-fact to sign in  his name and behalf, in any
 and all  capacities stated below, and  to file with the  Commission any and
 all amendments, including post-effective  amendments, to this  registration
 statement,   making  such   changes  in   the  registration   statement  as
 appropriate, and generally  to do all such things in  their behalf in their
 capacities as officers  and directors to enable  AKOM, Ltd. to  comply with
 the  provisions of the Securities Act of  1933, and all requirements of the
 Securities and Exchange Commission.

        Signature                          Title

 /s/ John M. Franck            President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)
 John M. Franck

 /s/ James M. Baker            Treasurer  (Chief  Financial  Officer  and
 James M. Baker                 Chief Accounting Officer)

  /s/ Charles W. Davies, Jr.    Director
 Charles W. Davies, Jr.

 /s/ B. Alvin Ratliff          Director
 B. Alvin Ratliff

 /s/ Don P. Shook              Director
 Don P. Shook


                                  Signatures

 Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act, the  Co-Registrant has
 duly  caused this registration statement to be  signed on its behalf by the
 undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of  Martinsville, State
 of Virginia, on this 23rd day of January, 1995.


                                    DOMINION STORES, INC.
                                    (Co-Registrant)


                                    By  /s/ John J. Smith
                                         John J. Smith
                                         President


                              Power of Attorney

 Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
 registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
 capacities indicated  on January 23,  1995.  Each  of the  directors and/or
 officers  of Dominion  Stores,  Inc. whose  signature appears  below hereby
 appoints O.  Randolph Rollins, Don P.  Shook and Lathan  M. Ewers, Jr., and
 each of them  severally, as his  attorney-in-fact to sign  in his name  and
 behalf,  in any  and all  capacities  stated below,  and to  file with  the
 Commission any and all  amendments, including post-effective amendments, to
 this  registration  statement,  making  such changes  in  the  registration
 statement  as appropriate,  and generally  to do all  such things  in their
 behalf in their  capacities as  officers and directors  to enable  Dominion
 Stores,  Inc. to comply with the provisions  of the Securities Act of 1933,
 and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Signature                         Title


 /s/ John J. Smith             President  and Director (Chief
 John J. Smith                 Executive Officer)

 /s/ James M. Baker            Treasurer  (Chief  Financial  Officer  and
 James M. Baker                Chief Accounting Officer)

 /s/ W.J. Caruba               Director
 W. J. Caruba

 /s/ Charles W. Davies, Jr.    Director
 Charles W. Davies, Jr.

 /s/ Don P. Shook              Director
 Don P. Shook

 /s/ John M. Franck            Director
 John M. Franck


                                  Signatures

 Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act, the  Co-Registrant has
 duly  caused this registration statement to be  signed on its behalf by the
 undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of  Martinsville, State
 of Virginia, on this 23rd day of January, 1995.

                                    TULTEX INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                    (Co-Registrant)


                                    By  /s/ Walter J. Caruba
                                         Walter J. Caruba
                                         President


                              Power of Attorney

 Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
 registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
 capacities indicated on  January 23, 1995.   Each  of the directors  and/or
 officers of Tultex International, Inc. whose signature appears below hereby
 appoints O. Randolph Rollins, Don  P. Shook and Lathan M. Ewers, Jr.,  and each
 of them severally, as his attorney-in-fact to  sign in his name and behalf,  in
 any and all  capacities stated below, and  to file with the  Commission any and
 all amendments, including  post-effective amendments, to this  registration
 statement,   making  such   changes  in   the  registration   statement  as
 appropriate,  and generally to do all such  things in their behalf in their
 capacities as officers and  directors to enable Tultex International,  Inc. to
 comply  with the  provisions of  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  and all
 requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Signature                         Title

 /s/ Walter J. Caruba            President and Director
 Walter J. Caruba

 /s/ James M. Baker             Treasurer (Chief Financial Officer and
 James M. Baker                 Chief Accounting Officer)

 /s/ Charles W. Davies, Jr.     Director
 Charles W. Davies, Jr.

 /s/ Barry W. Hanson            Director
 Barry W. Hanson

 /s/ John M. Franck             Director
 John M. Franck

 /s/ Don P. Shook               Director
 Don P. Shook


                                  Signatures

 Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act, the  Co-Registrant has
 duly  caused this registration statement to be  signed on its behalf by the
 undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of  Martinsville, State
 of Virginia, on this 23rd day of January, 1995.

                                    TULTEX CANADA, INC.
                                    (Co-Registrant)


                                    By  /s/ Walter J. Caruba
                                         Walter J. Caruba
                                         Chairman of the Board and President




                              Power of Attorney

 Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
 registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
 capacities  indicated on January  23, 1995.   Each of the  directors and/or
 officers of Tultex Canada, Inc. whose signature appears below hereby
 appoints O. Randolph Rollins,  Don P. Shook and  Lathan M. Ewers, Jr.,  and
 each of  them severally, as  his attorney-in-fact to  sign in his  name and
 behalf,  in  any and  all capacities  stated below,  and  to file  with the
 Commission any and all  amendments, including post-effective amendments, to
 this  registration  statement,  making  such changes  in  the  registration
 statement  as appropriate,  and generally  to do  all such things  in their
 behalf  in  their capacities  as officers  and  directors to  enable Tultex
 Canada, Inc. to  comply with the provisions of the  Securities Act of 1933,
 and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

            Signature                         Title


 /s/ Walter J. Caruba          Chairman of the Board and President
 Walter J. Caruba

 /s/ Eric Delfs                Treasurer and Director (Chief Financial
 Eric Delfs                    Officer and Chief Accounting Officer)

 /s/ Jeffrey M. Boruvka        Director
 Jeffrey M. Boruvka

 /s/ Barry Keohan              Director
 Barry Keohan

 /s/ Laura Delfs               Director
 Laura Delfs


                                  Signatures

 Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act, the  Co-Registrant has
 duly  caused this registration statement to be  signed on its behalf by the
 undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of  Martinsville, State
 of Virginia, on this 23rd day of January, 1995.

                                    SWEATJET, INC.
                                    (Co-Registrant)


                                    By  /s/John M. Franck
                                        John M. Franck
                                        Chief Executive Officer




                              Power of Attorney

 Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
 registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
 capacities  indicated on January  23, 1995.   Each of the  directors and/or
 officers of Sweatjet, Inc. whose signature appears below hereby
 appoints O. Randolph Rollins,  Don P. Shook and  Lathan M. Ewers, Jr.,  and
 each of  them severally, as  his attorney-in-fact to  sign in his  name and
 behalf,  in  any and  all capacities  stated below,  and  to file  with the
 Commission any and all  amendments, including post-effective amendments, to
 this  registration  statement,  making  such changes  in  the  registration
 statement  as appropriate,  and generally  to do  all such things  in their
 behalf  in their capacities as  officers and directors  to enable Sweatjet,
 Inc. to comply with the provisions  of the Securities Act of 1933, and  all
 requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Signature                         Title


 /s/ John M. Franck            Chief Executive Officer and Director
 John M. Franck

 /s/ Don P. Shook              Vice President, Chief Financial and
 Don P. Shook                  Accounting Officer


 /s/ Charles W. Davies, Jr.    Vice President and Director
 Charles W. Davies, Jr.

 /s/ John J. Smith             Director
 John J. Smith

 /s/ B. Alvin Ratliff          Director
 B. Alvin Ratliff

 /s/ W. J. Caruba              Director
 W.J. Caruba


                                  Signatures

 Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act, the  Co-Registrant has
 duly caused this  registration statement to be signed on  its behalf by the
 undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  City  of  Indianapolis,
 Indiana, on this 23rd day of January, 1995.

                                         LOGO 7, INC.
                                         (Co-Registrant)


                                         By  /s/ Thomas K. Shine
                                              Thomas K. Shine
                                              President and Chief Executive
                                              Officer

                              Power of Attorney

 Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
 registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
 capacities indicated  on January 23,  1995.  Each  of the  directors and/or
 officers of Logo 7, Inc. whose signature appears below hereby
 appoints O.  Randolph Rollins, Don P.  Shook and Lathan  M. Ewers, Jr., and
 each of them  severally, as his  attorney-in-fact to sign  in his name  and
 behalf,  in any  and all  capacities  stated below,  and to  file with  the
 Commission any and all  amendments, including post-effective amendments, to
 this  registration  statement,  making  such changes  in  the  registration
 statement  as appropriate,  and generally  to do all  such things  in their
 behalf in their capacities as officers and directors to enable Logo 7, Inc.
 to comply  with the  provisions  of the  Securities Act  of  1933, and  all
 requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Signature                       Title


 /s/ Thomas K. Shine          President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 Thomas K. Shine

 /s/ Jeffrey M. Boruvka       Chief Financial Officer and Chief
 Jeffrey M. Boruvka           Accounting Officer


 /s/ Charles W. Davies, Jr.   Director
 Charles W. Davies, Jr.

 /s/ Michael R. Kistler       Director
 Michael R. Kistler

 /s/ Brian D. Edington        Director
 Brian D. Edington

 /s/ John M. Franck           Director
 John M. Franck


                                  Signatures

 Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act, the  Co-Registrant has
 duly  caused this registration statement to be  signed on its behalf by the
 undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  City  of  Mattapoisett,
 Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this 23rd day of January, 1995.

                                    UNIVERSAL INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                    (Co-Registrant)


                                    By  /s/ Gregg Browne
                                         Gregg Browne
                                         President



                              Power of Attorney

 Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
 registration  statement has  been signed  by the  following persons  in the
 capacities indicated  on January 23,  1995.  Each  of the  directors and/or
 officers of Universal Industries, Inc. whose signature appears below hereby
 appoints O.  Randolph Rollins, Don P.  Shook and Lathan  M. Ewers, Jr., and
 each of them  severally, as his  attorney-in-fact to sign  in his name  and
 behalf,  in any  and all  capacities  stated below,  and to  file with  the
 Commission any and all  amendments, including post-effective amendments, to
 this  registration  statement,  making  such changes  in  the  registration
 statement  as appropriate,  and generally  to do all  such things  in their
 behalf  in their capacities as  officers and directors  to enable Universal
 Industries, Inc.  to comply with  the provisions  of the Securities  Act of
 1933, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         Signature                         Title

 /s/ Gregg Browne              President (Chief Executive Officer)
 Gregg Browne

 /s/ Don P. Shook              Vice President (Chief Financial Officer
 Don P. Shook                  and Chief Accounting Officer)

 /s/ Charles W. Davies, Jr.    Director
 Charles W. Davies, Jr.

 /s/ Thomas K. Shine           Director
 Thomas K. Shine

 /s/ Michael R. Kistler        Director
 Michael R. Kistler

 /s/ Brian D. Edington         Director
 Brian D. Edington

 /s/ John M. Franck            Director
 John M. Franck




                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Universal Industries, Inc.:

   In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements of
Universal Industries, Inc. as of December 31, 1991 and 1990, and for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1991, we have also audited
the following financial statement schedules:

   Schedule V - Property, Plant and Equipment
   Schedule VI - Accumulated Depreciation of Property, Plant and Equipment
   Schedule VIII - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
   Schedule IX - Short-term Borrowings
   Schedule X - Supplementary Income Statement Information

  In our opinion, these financial statement schedules, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly,
in all material respects, the information required to be included therein.

                                        COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
Boston, Massachusetts
March 19, 1992



TULTEX CORPORATION                                                SCHEDULE VIII
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
CONSOLIDATED

<TABLE>
(In thousands of dollars)



                                   Balance at        Additions                              Balance
 Reserve for doubtful               beginning        charged to                             at end
 accounts and returns               of period        operations         Reductions         of period
<S>                                <C>              <C>                <C>                 <C>
For the fifty-two weeks
 ended December 28, 1991              $ 2,432         $ 3,337           $(4,047)(1)         $ 1,722


For the fifty-three weeks
 ended January 2, 1993                $ 1,722         $ 4,703           $(4,065)(1)         $ 2,360


For the fifty-two weeks
 ended January 1, 1994                $ 2,360         $ 3,241           $(3,227)(1)         $ 2,374
</TABLE>

(1)  Amounts represent write-off of uncollectible receivable balances.









TULTEX CORPORATION                                                 EXHIBIT 12

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(Amounts in thousands)
<TABLE>                                                                                                       Nine Months
                                                                    Year Ended                                   Ended

                                          Dec. 30      Dec.29      Dec. 28      Jan. 2      Jan.1         Oct. 2      Oct. 1
                                            1989        1990         1991        1993        1994          1993        1994
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Income (loss) before income taxes
   and cumulative effect of
   accounting change                       $13,416     $30,270      $10,767     $20,251      $9,091        $5,823      ($884)

Interest on indebtedness (C)                12,504      15,162       11,414      13,540      16,996        12,337      13,203

Amortization of deferred debt
   issue costs                                   0           0            0         106         268           159       1,205

Portion of rental expense representative
   of the interest factor  (33%)             3,029       3,724        4,103       4,565       5,031         3,703       3,444

Total fixed charges                         15,533      18,886       15,517      18,211      22,295        16,199      17,852

Income (loss) before income taxes and
cumulative effect of accounting
change and fixed charges (C)               $24,719     $42,832      $23,934     $38,462     $31,386       $22,022     $16,968

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges            1.59        2.27         1.54(B)     2.11        1.41          1.36       (A)


COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED
CHARGES AFTER ADJUSTMENT
FOR DEBT ISSUANCE

Income (loss) before income taxes and
cumulative effect of accounting
change and fixed charges, as above (C)                                                      $31,386                   $16,968

Fixed charges, as above                                                                      22,295                    17,852

Adjustments:

   Estimated net increase in interest
   expense from refinancing                                                                   3,090                     3,307

   Estimated net increase (decrease)
   in amortization of deferred debt
   issue costs                                                                                  133                     (353)

Total pro forma fixed charges                                                               $25,518                   $20,806

Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges                                                   1.23                      (D)
</TABLE>
(A)   Earnings did not cover fixed charges by $884 for the nine months ended
      October 1, 1994.

(B)   Included in earnings for the year ended December 28, 1991 was a
      nonrecurring gain of $4,014 before income taxes related to the sale of
      facilities.  If such sale had not occurred, the ratio of earnings to fixed
      charges would have been 1.28.

(C)   Interest on indebtedness includes capitalized interest of $4,230, $6,324,
      and $2,350 for the years ended Dec. 30, 1989, Dec. 29, 1990 and Dec. 28,
      1991, respectively.  This capitalized interest has been excluded from
      "Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting
      change and fixed charges".

(D)   On a pro forma basis, earnings did not cover fixed charges by $3,838 for
      the nine months ended October 1, 1994.



                                                                      Exhibit 21

                         Subsidiaries of the Company

During fiscal 1994, the Company had the following subsidiaries, all of which
are included in the consolidated financial statements incorporated in this
report:

     AKOM, Ltd., a Cayman Islands, B.W.I. corporation (100% owned)

     Dominion Stores, Inc., a Virginia corporation (100% owned)

     Tultex International, Inc., a Virginia corporation (100% owned)

     Logo 7, Inc., a Virginia corporation (100% owned)

     Universal Industries, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (100% owned)

     Tultex Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation (78% owned)



                                                                    Exhibit 23.1


                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 23, 1994
relating to the financial statements of Tultex Corporation, which appear in
such Prospectus.  We also consent to the application of such report to the
Financial Statement Schedules for the three years ended January 1, 1994 listed
under Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement when such schedules are read
in conjunction with the financial statements referred to in our report.  The
audits referred to in such report also included these schedules. We also
consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts" and "Selected
Consolidated Financial Data" in such Prospectus.  However, it should be noted
that Price Waterhouse LLP has not prepared or certified such "Selected
Consolidated Financial Data."



PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Winston-Salem, North Carolina
January 20, 1995


                                                                    Exhibit 23.2






                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the inclusion in the registration statement on Form S-1 of
Tultex Corporation of our reports, dated March 19, 1992, on our audits of the
consolidated financial statements and consolidated statement of schedules of
Universal Industries, Inc. We also consent to the reference to our firm under
the caption "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts".


                                                     Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

Boston, Massachusetts
January 20, 1995






                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



                                   FORM T-1




                  STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY AND QUALIFICATION
             UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT FOR 1939, AS AMENDED,
                OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE



                    FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF VIRGINIA

             (Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)


213 SOUTH JEFFERSON STREET
ROANOKE, VIRGINIA                              24011             54-0211320
(Address of principal executive office)      (Zip Code)      (I.R.S. Employer
                                                            Identification No.)-


                              Tultex Corporation
             (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)


Virginia                                                  54-0367896
(State or other jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                         Identification No.)



101 Commonwealth Boulevard
Martinsville, Virginia                                 24112
(Address of principal executive offices)               (Zip Code)






                           % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005
                     (Title of the indenture securities)
<PAGE>


1.   General information.

     (a)  The following are the names and addresses of each examining or
          supervising authority to which the Trustee is subject:

          The Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C.
          Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, Virginia.
          Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.
          Securities and Exchange Commission, Division of Market
          Regulation, Washington, D.C.

     (b)  The Trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.


2.   Affiliations with obligor.

          The obligor is not an affiliate of the Trustee.
          (See Note 2 on Page 5)


3.   Voting Securities of the Trustee.

     The following information is furnished as to each class of voting
     securities of the Trustee:


                        As of September 30, 1994


          Column A                           Column B


          Title of Class                     Amount Outstanding


          Common Stock, par value $3.33-1/3 a share         174,774,410 shares


4.   Trusteeships under other indentures.

          The Trustee is not a trustee under another indenture under which
     any other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in
     any other securities, of the obligor are outstanding.


5.   Interlocking directorates and similar relationships with the obligor or
     underwriters.

          Neither the Trustee nor any of the directors or executive
     officers of the Trustee is a director, officer, partner, employee,
     appointee or representative of the obligor or of any underwriter for
     the obligor.

          (See Note 2 on Page 5)

6.   Voting securities of the Trustee owned by the obligor or its officials.

          Voting securities of the Trustee owned by the obligor and its
     directors, partners, executive officers, taken as a group, do not
     exceed one percent of the outstanding voting securities of the
     Trustee.

          (See Notes 1 and 2 on Page 5)


7.   Voting securities of the Trustee owned by underwriters or their officials.

          Voting securities of the Trustee owned by any underwriter and
     its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, do
     not exceed one percent of the outstanding voting securities of the
     Trustee.

          (See Note 2 on Page 5)


8.   Securities of the obligor owned or held by the Trustee.

          The amount of securities of the obligor which the Trustee owns
     beneficially or holds as collateral security for obligation in
     default does not exceed one percent of the outstanding securities of
     the obligor.

          (See Note 2 on Page 5)


9.   Securities of underwriters owned or held by the Trustee.

          The Trustee does not own beneficially or hold as collateral
     security for obligations in default any securities of an underwriter
     for the obligor.

          (See Note 2 on Page 5)


10.  Ownership or holdings by the Trustee of voting securities of certain
     affiliates or security holders of the obligor.

          The Trustee does not own beneficially or hold as collateral
     security for obligations in default voting securities of a person,
     who, to the knowledge of the Trustee (1) owns 10% or more of the
     voting securities of the obligor or (2) is an affiliate, other than
     a subsidiary, of the obligor.

          (See Note 2 on Page 5)


11.  Ownership of holders by the Trustee of any securities of a person
     owning 50 percent or more of the voting securities of the obligor.

          The Trustee does not own beneficially or hold as collateral
     security for obligations in default any securities of a person who,
     to the knowledge of Trustee, owns 50 percent or more of the voting
     securities of the obligor.  (See Note 2 on Page 5)


12.  Indebtedness of the obligor to the Trustee.

          The obligor is not indebted to the Trustee.


13.  Defaults by the obligor.

          Not applicable.


14.  Affiliations with the underwriters.

          No underwriter is an affiliate of the Trustee.


15.  Foreign trustee.

          Not applicable.


16.  List of Exhibits.

     (1)  Articles of Association of the Trustee as now in effect. Exhibit  1.

     (2)  Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to commence business, if
          not contained in the articles of association.

     (3)  Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers,
          if such authorization is not contained in the documents specified
          in exhibits (1) and (2) above.

     (4)  By-Laws of the Trustee.   Exhibit  2.

     (5)  Inapplicable.

     (6)  Consent by the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust
          Indenture Act of 1939.  Included at Page 6 of this Form T-1 Statement.

     (7)  Report of condition of Trustee.

     (8)  Inapplicable.

     (9)  Inapplicable.
<PAGE>

                                  NOTES



      1. Since the Trustee is a member of First Union Corporation, a bank
     holding company, all of the voting securities of the Trustee are held
     by First Union Corporation.  The securities of First Union
     Corporation are described in Item 3.

      2. Inasmuch as this Form T-1 is filed prior to the ascertainment by
     the Trustee of all facts on which to base responsive answers to Items
     2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11, the answers to said Items are based on
     incomplete information.  Items 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 may,
     however by considered as correct unless amended by an amendment to
     this Form T-1.
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURE

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, the Trustee, FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF VIRGINIA, a national
association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of
America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the
City of Richmond, and Commonwealth of Virginia on the 18th day of January,
1995.


                              FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF VIRGINIA
                              (Trustee)



                              BY:       H. H. Hall, Jr.   /s/
                                        H. H. Hall, Jr.,
                                   Assistant Vice President




                                                                 EXHIBIT T-1 (6)

                              CONSENT OF TRUSTEE

      Under section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and in
connection with the proposed issuance by Tultex Corporation of its     % Senior
Notes Due 2005, First Union National Bank of Virginia, as the Trustee herein
named, hereby consents that reports of examinations of said Trustee by
Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such
authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.


                              FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF VIRGINIA



                              BY:      John M. Turner  /s/
                                       John M. Turner, Vice President



Dated:  January 18, 1995
<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit 1
                                                                Charter No. 2737


                   FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF VIRGINIA

                          ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION


     For the purpose of organizing an association to carry on the business of
banking under the laws of the United States, the undersigned do enter into
the following Articles of Association:

     FIRST.  The title of the association shall be FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
OF VIRGINIA.

     SECOND.  The main office of the association shall be in Roanoke,
Virginia.  The general business of the association shall be conducted at its
main office and its branches.

     THIRD.  The Board of Directors of this association shall consist of not
less than five nor more than twenty-five shareholders, the exact number to be
fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the
full Board of Directors or by resolution of the shareholders at any annual or
special meeting thereof.  Each director, during the full term of his
directorship, shall own a minimum of $1,000 aggregate par value of stock of
this association or a minimum par market value or equity interest of $1,000
of stock in the bank holding company controlling this association.  Any
vacancy in the Board of Directors may be filled by action of the Board of
Directors.

     FOURTH.  There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect
directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the
meeting.  It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place
the Board of Directors may designate, on the day of each year specified
thereby in the bylaws, but if no election is held on that day, it may be held
on any subsequent day according to such lawful rules as may be prescribed by
the Board of Directors.

          Nominations for election to the Board of Directors may be made by
the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of
capital stock of the bank entitled to vote for election of directors. 
Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing bank
management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the
president of the bank and to the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington,
D.C., not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of
stockholders called for the election of directors, provided, however, that if
less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such
nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the bank and to
the Comptroller of
the Currency not later than the close of business on the seventh day
following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed.

          Such notification shall contain the following information to the
extent known to the notifying shareholder:

               o    The name and address of each proposed nominee.

               o    The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

               o    The total number of shares of capital stock of the bank
                    that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

               o    The name and residence address of the notifying
                    shareholder.

               o    The number of shares of capital stock of the bank owned
                    by the notifying shareholder.  Nominations not made in
                    accordance herewith may, in his discretion, be
                    disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon
                    his instructions, the vote tellers may disregard all
                    votes cast for each such nominee.

     FIFTH.  The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall
be 15,000,000 shares of common stock of the par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00)
each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time,
according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

     If the capital stock is increased by the sale of additional shares
thereof, each shareholder shall be entitled to subscribe for such additional
shares in proportion to the number of shares of said capital stock owned by
him at the time the increase is authorized by the shareholders, unless
another time subsequent to the date of the shareholders' meeting is specified
in a resolution by the shareholders at the time the increase is authorized.
The Board of Directors will have the power to prescribe a reasonable period
of time within which the preemptive rights to subscribe to the new shares of
capital stock must be exercised.

          The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize
and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval
of the shareholders.

     SIXTH.  The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members
president of this association, who shall be chairperson of the Board, unless
the Board appoints another director to be  the chairperson.  The Board of
Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents; and to
appoint a cashier and such other officers and employees as may be required to
transact the business of this association.

          The Board of Directors shall have the power to:

               o    Define the duties of the officers and employees of the
                    association.

               o    Fix the salaries to be paid to the officers and
                    employees.

               o    Dismiss officers and employees.

               o    Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the
                    penalty thereof.

               o    Regulate the manner in which any increase of the capital
                    of the association shall be made.

               o    Manage and administer the business and affairs of the
                    association.

               o    Make all bylaws that it may be lawful for the Board to
                    make.

               o    Generally to perform all acts that are legal for a Board
                    of Directors to perform.

     SEVENTH.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to change the
location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Roanoke,
Virginia, without the approval of the shareholders, and shall have the power
to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the
association to any other location, without the approval of the shareholders.

     EIGHTH.  The corporate existence of this association shall continue
until terminated according to the laws of the United States.

     NINTH.  The Board of Directors of this association, or any three or more
shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 10 percent of the stock
of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. 
Unless otherwise provided by the laws of the United States, a notice of the
time, place and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the
shareholders shall be given by first-class mail, postage pre-paid, mailed at
least 10 days prior to the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record
at his address as shown upon the books of this association.

     TENTH.  Each director and executive officer of this association shall be
indemnified by the association against liability in any proceeding (including
without limitation a proceeding brought by or on behalf of the association
itself) arising out of his status as such or his activities in either of the
foregoing capacities, except for any liability incurred on account of
activities which were at the time taken known or believed by such person to
be clearly in conflict with the best interests of the association. 
Liabilities incurred by a director or executive officer of the association in
defending a proceeding shall be paid by the association in advance of the
final disposition of such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the
director or executive officer to repay such amount if it shall be determined,
as provided in the last paragraph of this Article Tenth, that he is not
entitled to be indemnified by the association against such liabilities.

     The indemnity against liability in the preceding paragraph of this
Article Tenth, including liabilities incurred in defending a proceeding,
shall be automatic and self-operative.

     Any director, officer or employee of this association who serves at the
request of the association as a director, officer, employee or agent of a
charitable, not-for-profit, religious, educational or hospital corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or a trade
association, or as a trustee or administrator under an employee benefit plan,
or who serves at the request of the association as a director, officer or
employee of a business corporation in connection with the administration of
an estate or trust by the association, shall have the right to be indemnified
by the association, subject to the provisions set forth in the following
paragraph of this Article Tenth, against liabilities in any manner arising
out of or attributable to such status or activities in any such capacity,
except for any liability incurred on account of activities which were at the
time taken known or believed by such person to be clearly in conflict with
the best interests of the association, or of the corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, enterprise, association or plan being served by such
person.

     In the case of all persons except the directors and executive officers
of the association, the determination of whether a person is entitled to
indemnification under the preceding paragraph of this Article Tenth shall be
made by and in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer of the
association.  In the case of the directors and executive officers of the
association, the indemnity against liability in the preceding paragraph of
this Article Tenth shall be automatic and self-operative.

     For purposes of this Article Tenth of these Articles of Association
only, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

          (a)  "Association" means First Union National Bank of Virginia and
               its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries.

          (b)  "Director" means an individual who is or was a director of the
               association.

          (c)  "Executive officer" means an officer of the association who by
               resolution of the Board of Directors of the association has
               been determined to be an executive officer of the association
               for purposes of Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board.

          (d)  "Liability" means the obligation to pay a judgment,
               settlement, penalty, fine (including an excise tax assessed
               with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable
               expenses, including counsel fees and expenses, incurred with
               respect to a proceeding.

          (e)  "Party" includes an individual who was, is, or is threatened
               to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

          (f)  "Proceeding" means any threatened, pending, or completed
               claim, action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
               administrative, or investigative and whether formal or
               informal.

     The association shall have no obligation to indemnify any person for an
amount paid in settlement of a proceeding unless the association consents in
writing to such settlement.

     The right to indemnification herein provided for shall apply to persons
who are directors, officers, or employees of banks or other entities that are
hereafter merged or otherwise combined with the association only after the
effective date of such merger or other combination and only as to their
status and activities after such date. 

     The right to indemnification herein provided for shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of any person entitled to such
right.

     No revocation of, change in, or adoption of any resolution or provision
in the Articles of Association or By-laws of the association inconsistent
with, this Article Tenth shall adversely affect the rights of any director,
officer, or  employee of the association with respect to (i) any proceeding
commenced or threatened prior to such revocation, change, or adoption, or
(ii) any proceeding arising out of any act or omission occurring prior to
such revocation, change, or adoption, in either case, without the written
consent of such director, officer, or employee.

     The rights hereunder shall be in addition to and not exclusive of any
other rights to which a director, officer, or employee of the association may
be entitled under any statute, agreement, insurance policy, or otherwise.

     The association shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee of the
association, or is or was serving at the request of the association as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust, trade association, employee benefit plan, or other
enterprise, against any liability asserted against such director, officer, or
employee in any such capacity, or arising out of their status as such,
whether or not the association would have the power to indemnify such
director, officer, or employee against such liability, excluding insurance
coverage for a formal order assessing civil money penalties against an
association director or employee.

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, no person
shall have a right to indemnification with respect to any liability (i)
incurred in an administrative proceeding or action instituted by an
appropriate bank regulatory agency which proceeding or action results in a
final order assessing civil money penalties or requiring affirmative action
by an individual or individuals in the form of payments to the association,
(ii) to the extent such person is entitled to receive payment therefor under
any insurance policy or from any corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, trade association, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise other
than the association, or (iii) to the extent that a court of competent
jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is void or prohibited under
state or federal law.

     ELEVENTH.  These Articles of Association may be amended at any regular
or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the
holders of a greatest amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by
the vote of the holders of such greater amount.
<PAGE>
                                                                       Exhibit 2

                                BY-LAWS OF

                   FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF VIRGINIA

                                 ARTICLE I

                         Meetings of Shareholders

     Section 1.1 Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the shareholders for
the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as
may properly come before the meeting shall be held on the third Tuesday of
April in each year, commencing with the year 1994, except that the Board of
Directors may, from time to time and upon passage of a resolution
specifically setting forth their reasons, set such other date for such
meeting during the month of April as the Board of Directors may deem
necessary or appropriate; provided, however, that if an annual meeting shall
fall on a legal holiday, then such annual meeting shall be held on the second
business day following such legal holiday.  The holders of a majority of
those outstanding shares entitled to vote which are represented at any
meeting of the shareholders may choose persons to act as Chairman and as
Secretary of the meeting.

     Section 1.2 Special Meetings.  Except as otherwise specifically provided
by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any
purpose at any time by the Board of Directors or by any three or more
shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than ten percent of the stock
of the Association.  Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by
law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than ten days
prior to the date fixed for such meeting, to each shareholder at his address
appearing on the books of the Association, a notice stating the purpose of
the meeting.

     Section 1.3 Nominations for Directors.  Nominations for election to the
Board of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any
stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the bank entitled to
vote for the election of directors.  Nominations, other than those made by or
on behalf of the existing management of the bank, shall be made in writing
and shall be delivered or mailed to the President of the Bank and to the
Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D. C., not less than 14 days nor
more than 50 days prior to any meeting of stockholders called for the
election of directors, provided however, that if less than 21 days' notice of
such meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or
delivered to the President of the Bank and to the Comptroller of the Currency
not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on
which the notice of meeting was mailed.  Such notification shall contain the
following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder: (a)
the name and address of each proposed nominee; (b) the principal occupation
of each proposed nominee; (c) the total number of shares of capital stock of
the bank that will be voted for each proposed nominee; (d) the name and
residence address of the notifying shareholder; and (e) the number of shares
of capital stock of the bank owned by the notifying shareholder.  Nominations
not made in accordance herewith may, in his discretion, be disregarded by the
chairman of the meeting, and upon his instructions, the vote tellers may
disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.

     Section 1.4 Judges of Election.  The Board may at any time appoint from
among the shareholders three or more persons to serve as Judges of Election
at any meeting of shareholders; to act as judges and tellers with respect to
all votes by ballot at such meeting and to file with the Secretary of the
meeting a Certificate under their hands, certifying the result thereof.

     Section 1.5 Proxies.  Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the
shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or
employee of this Association shall act as proxy.  Proxies shall be valid only
for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such
meeting.  Proxies shall be dated and shall be filed with the records of the
meeting.

     Section 1.6 Quorum.  A majority of the outstanding capital stock,
represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting
of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law; but less than a quorum may
adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as
adjourned, without further notice.  A majority of the votes cast shall decide
every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless
otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Association.

                                ARTICLE II

                                 Directors

     Section 2.1 Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors (hereinafter
referred to as the "Board"), shall have power to manage and administer the
business and affairs of the Association.  Except as expressly limited by law,
all corporate powers of the Association shall be vested in and may be
exercised by said Board.

     Section 2.2 Number.  The Board shall consist of not less than five nor
more than twenty-five directors, the exact number  within such minimum and
maximum limits to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of
a majority of the full Board or by resolution of the shareholders at any
meeting thereof; provided, however, that a majority of the full Board of
Directors may not increase the number of directors to a number which, (1)
exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders
where such number was fifteen or less, and (2) to a number which exceeds by
more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where
such number was sixteen or more, but in no event shall the number of
directors exceed twenty-five.

     Section 2.3 Organization Meeting.  The Secretary of the meeting upon
receiving the certificate of the judges, of the result of any election, shall
notify the directors-elect of their election and of the time at which they
are required to meet at the Main Office of the Association for the purpose of
organizing the new Board and electing and appointing officers of the
Association for the succeeding year.  Such meeting shall be held as soon
thereafter as practicable.  If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there
shall not be a quorum present, the directors present may adjourn the meeting
from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.

     Section 2.4 Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be held at such place and time as may be designated by
resolution of the Board of Directors.  Upon adoption of such resolution, no
further notice of such meeting dates or the place and time thereof shall be
required.  Upon the failure of the Board of Directors to adopt such a
resolution, regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held, without
notice, on the Tuesday following the fourth Monday in February, April, June,
August, October and December beginning in 1994, at the main office or at such
other place and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  When
any regular meeting of the Board falls upon a holiday, whether such regular
meeting is established by resolution or falls on the Tuesday following the
fourth Monday of the month as a result of the Board not having established
regular meeting dates by resolution, the meeting shall be held on the next
banking business day unless the Board shall designate some other day.

     Section 2.5 Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by the President of the Association, or at the
request of three (3) or more directors.  Each member of the Board of
Directors shall be given notice stating the time and place, by telegram,
letter, or in person, of each such special meeting.

     Section 2.6 Quorum.  A majority of the directors shall constitute a
quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided  by law; but a less
number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be
held, as adjourned, without further notice.

     Section 2.7 Vacancies.  When any vacancy occurs among the directors, the
remaining members of the Board, in accordance with the laws of the United
States, may appoint a director to fill such vacancy at any regular meeting of
the Board, or at a special meeting called for that purpose.

     Section 2.8 Advisory Boards.  The Board of Directors may appoint an
Advisory Board or Boards in such place or places as the Board of Directors
may determine.  Each such Advisory Board shall consist of as many persons as
the Board of Directors may determine.  The duties of each Advisory Board
shall be to consult and advise with the Board of Directors and senior
officers of the Bank with regard to the best interests of the Association and
to perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may lawfully delegate.

                                ARTICLE III

                          Committees of the Board

     Section 3.1  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority
of the number of directors fixed by these By-Laws, may designate three or
more directors to constitute an Executive Committee and other committees,
each of which, to the extent authorized by law and provided in such
resolution, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board of
Directors and the management of the Association.  The designation of any
committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to
relieve the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility
or liability imposed upon it or any member of the Board of Directors by law.
The Board of Directors reserves to itself alone the power to act on (1)
dissolution, merger or consolidation, or disposition of substantially all
corporate property, (2) designation of committees or filling vacancies on the
Board of Directors or on a committee of the Board (except as hereinafter
provided), (3) adoption, amendment or repeal of By-laws, (4) amendment or
repeal of any resolution of the Board which by its terms is not so amendable
or repealable, and (5) declaration of dividends, issuance of stock, or
recommendations to stockholders of any action requiring stockholder approval.

     The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Association may change the membership of any committee at any time, fill
vacancies therein, discharge any committee or member thereof either with or
without cause at any time, and change at any time the authority and
responsibility of any such committee.

     A majority of the members of any committee of the Board of Directors may
fix such committee's rules of procedure.  All action by any committee shall
be reported to the Board of Directors at a meeting succeeding such action,
except such actions as the Board may not require to be reported to it in the
resolution creating any such committee.  Any action by any committee shall be
subject to revision, alteration, and approval by the Board of Directors,
except to the extent otherwise provided in the resolution creating such
committee; provided, however, that no rights or acts of third parties shall
be affected by any such revision or alteration.

                                ARTICLE IV

                          Officers and Employees

     Section 4.1 Officers.  The officers of this Association may be a
Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Chairman (who shall not be required
to be a director of the Association), a President, one or more Vice
Presidents, a Secretary, and such other officers as may be appointed by the
Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board and the President shall be a
member of the Board of Directors.  Any two offices or more may be held by one
person, but no officer shall sign or execute any document in more than one
capacity.

     Section 4.2 Election, Term of Office, and Qualification.  Each officer
shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until the
annual meeting of the Board of Directors held next after his election or
until his successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his
death, or until he shall resign, or shall have been disqualified, or shall
have been removed from office.

     Section 4.2(a) Officers Acting as Assistant Secretary.  Notwithstanding
Section 1 of these By-laws, any Senior Vice President, Vice President, or
Assistant Vice President shall have, by virtue of his office, and by
authority of the By-laws, the authority from time to time to act as an
Assistant Secretary of the Bank, and to such extent, said officers are
appointed to the office of Assistant Secretary.

     Section 4.3 Chief Executive Officer.  The Board of Directors shall
designate one of its members to be the President of this Association, and the
officer so designated shall be an ex officio member of all committees of the
Association except the Examining Committee, and its Chief Executive Officer
unless some other officer is so designated by the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.4 Duties of Officers.  The duties of all officers shall be
prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Nevertheless,  the Board of Directors
may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to prescribe the
duties of other officers of the corporation not inconsistent with law, the
charter, and these By-laws, and to appoint other employees, prescribe their
duties, and to dismiss them.  Notwithstanding such delegation of authority,
any officer or employee also may be dismissed at any time by the Board of
Directors.

     Section 4.5 Other Employees.  The Board of Directors may appoint from
time to time such tellers, vault custodians, bookkeepers, and other clerks,
agents, and employees as it may deem advisable for the prompt and orderly
transaction of the business of the Association, define their duties, fix the
salary to be paid them, and dismiss them.  Subject to the authority of the
Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any other officer of the
Association authorized by him, may appoint and dismiss all such tellers,
vault custodians, bookkeepers and other clerks, agents, and employees,
prescribe their duties and the conditions of their employment, and from time
to time fix their compensation.

     Section 4.6 Removal and Resignation.  Any officer or employee of the
Association may be removed either with or without cause by the Board of
Directors.  Any employee other than an officer elected by the Board of
Directors may be dismissed in accordance with the provisions of the preceding
Section 4.5.  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to
the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer of the Association. 
Any such resignation shall become effective upon its being accepted by the
Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer.

                                 ARTICLE V

                             Fiduciary Powers

     Section 5.1 Capital Management Group.  There shall be an area of this
Association known as the Capital Management Group which shall be responsible
for the exercise of the fiduciary powers of this Association.  The Capital
Management Group shall consist of four service areas: Fiduciary Services,
Retail Services, Investments and Marketing.  The Fiduciary Services unit
shall consist of personal trust, employee benefits, corporate trust and
operations.  The General Office for the Fiduciary Services unit shall be
located in Roanoke, Virginia, with City Trust Offices located in such cities
within the State of Virginia as designated by the Board of Directors.

     Section 5.2 Trust Officers.  There shall be a General Trust Officer of
this Association whose duties shall be to manage, supervise and direct all
the activities of the Capital Management Group.  Further, there shall be one
or more Senior Trust Officers designated to assist the General Trust Officer
in the performance of his duties.  They shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary or proper in carrying out the business of the Capital
Management Group in accordance with provisions of applicable law and
regulation.

     Section 5.3 Capital Management/General Trust Committee. There shall be
a Capital Management/General Trust Committee composed of not less than four
(4) members of the Board of Directors of this Association who shall be
appointed annually or from time to time by its membership. The General Trust
Officer shall serve as an ex-officio member of the Committee.  Each member
shall serve until his successor is appointed. The Board of Directors or the
Chairman of the Board may change the membership of the Capital
Management/General Trust Committee at any time, fill vacancies therein, or
discharge any member thereof with or without cause at any time.  The
Committee shall counsel and advise on all matters relating to the business or
affairs of the Capital Management Group and shall adopt overall policies for
the conduct of the business of the Capital Management Group including but not
limited to: general administration, investment policies, new business
development, and review for approval of major assignments of functional
responsibilities.  The Committee shall meet at least quarterly or as called
for by its Chairman or any three (3) members of the Committee.  A quorum
shall consist of three (3) members.  In carrying out its responsibilities,
the Capital Management/General Trust Committee shall review the actions of
all officers, employees and committees utilized by this Association in
connection with the activities of the Capital Management Group and may assign
the administration and performance of any fiduciary powers or duties to any
of such officers or employees or to the Investment Policy Committee, Personal
Trust Administration Committee, Account Review Committee, Corporate and
Institutional Accounts Committee, or any other committees it shall designate.
One of the methods to be used in the review process will be the thorough
scrutiny of the Report of Examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency and the reports of the Audit Division of First Union Corporation, as
they relate to the activities of the Capital Management Group.  These reviews
shall be in addition to reviews of such reports by the Audit Committee of the
Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Capital Management/ General Trust
Committee shall be appointed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.  He
shall cause to be recorded in appropriate minutes all actions taken by the
Committee.  The minutes shall be signed by its Secretary and approved by its
Chairman.  Further, the Committee shall summarize all actions taken by it and
shall submit a report of its proceedings to the Board of Directors at its
next regularly scheduled meeting following a meeting of the Capital
Management/General Trust Committee.  As  required by Section 9.7 of
Regulation 9 of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Directors
retains responsibility for the proper exercise of the fiduciary powers of
this Association.

     The Fiduciary Services unit of the Capital Management Group will
maintain a list of securities approved for investment in fiduciary accounts
and will from time to time provide the Capital Management/General Trust
Committee with current information relative to such list and also with
respect to transactions in other securities not on such list.  It is the
policy of this Association that members of the Capital Management/General
Trust Committee should not buy, sell or trade in securities which are on such
approved list or in any other securities in which the Fiduciary Services unit
has taken, or intends to take, a position in fiduciary accounts in any
circumstances in which any such transaction could be viewed as a possible
conflict of interest or could constitute a violation of applicable law or
regulation.  Accordingly, if any such securities are owned by any member of
the Capital Management/General Trust Committee at the time of appointment to
such Committee, the Capital Management Group shall be promptly so informed in
writing.  If any member of the Capital Management/General Trust Committee
intends to buy, sell, or trade in any such securities while serving as a
member of the Committee, he should first notify the Capital Management Group
in order to make certain that any proposed transaction will not constitute a
violation of this policy or of applicable law or regulation.

     Section 5.4 Investment Policy Committee.  There shall be an Investment
Policy Committee composed of not less than seven (7) officers and/or
employees of this Association who shall be appointed annually or from time to
time by the Board of Directors.  Each member shall serve until his successor
is appointed.  Meetings shall be called by the Chairman or any two (2)
members of the Committee.  A quorum shall consist of five (5) members.  The
Investment Policy Committee shall exercise such fiduciary powers and perform
such duties as may be assigned to it by the Capital Management/General Trust
Committee.  All actions taken by the Investment Policy Committee shall be
recorded in appropriate minutes, signed by the Secretary thereof, approved by
its Chairman and submitted to the Capital Management/General Trust Committee
at its next ensuing regular meeting for its review and approval.

     Section 5.5 Personal Trust Administration Committee.  There shall be a
Personal Trust Administration Committee composed of not less than five (5)
officers, who shall be appointed annually or from time to time by the Board
of Directors.  Each member shall serve until his successor is appointed. 
Meetings shall be called by the Chairman or any three (3) members of the
Committee.  A quorum shall consist of three (3) members.  The Personal  Trust
Administration Committee shall exercise such fiduciary powers and perform
such duties as may be assigned to it by the Capital Management/General Trust
Committee.  All action taken by the Personal Trust Administration Committee
shall be recorded in appropriate minutes signed by the Secretary thereof,
approved by its Chairman, and submitted to the Capital Management/General
Trust Committee at its next ensuing regular meeting for its review and
approval.

     Section 5.6 Account Review Committee.  There shall be an Account Review
Committee composed of not less than four (4) officers and/or employees of
this Association, who shall be appointed annually or from time to time by the
Board of Directors.  Each member shall serve until his successor is
appointed.  Meetings shall be called by the Chairman or any two (2) members
of the Committee.  A quorum shall consist of three (3) members.  The Account
Review Committee shall exercise such fiduciary powers and perform such duties
as may be assigned to it by the Capital Management/General Trust Committee. 
All actions taken by the Account Review Committee shall be recorded in
appropriate minutes, signed by the Secretary thereof, approved by its
Chairman and submitted to the Capital Management/ General Trust Committee at
its next ensuing regular meeting for its review and approval.

     Section 5.7 Corporate and Institutional Accounts Committee.  There shall
be a Corporate and Institutional Accounts Committee composed of not less than
five (5) officers and/or employees of this Association, who shall be
appointed annually, or from time to time, by the Capital Management/General
Trust Committee and approved by the Board of Directors.  Meetings may be
called by the Chairman or any two (2) members of the Committee.  A quorum
shall consist of three (3) members.  The Corporate and Institutional Accounts
Committee shall exercise such fiduciary powers and duties as may be assigned
to it by the General Trust Committee.  All actions taken by the Corporate and
Institutional Accounts Committee shall be recorded in appropriate minutes,
signed by the Secretary thereof, approved by its Chairman and made available
to the General Trust Committee at its next ensuing regular meeting for its
review and approval.

                                ARTICLE VI

                       Stock and Stock Certificates

     Section 6.1 Transfers.  Shares of stock shall be transferable on the
books of the Association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all
transfers of stock shall be recorded.  Every person becoming a shareholder by
such transfer shall, in proportion to his shares, succeed to all rights and
liabilities of the prior holder of such shares.

     Section 6.2 Stock Certificates.  Certificates of stock shall bear the
signature of the Chairman, the Vice Chairman, the President, or a Vice
President (which may be engraved, printed, or impressed), and shall be signed
manually or by facsimile process by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary,
Cashier, Assistant Cashier, or any other officer appointed by the Board of
Directors for that purpose, to be known as an Authorized Officer, and the
seal of the Association shall be engraved thereon.  Each certificate shall
recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only
upon the books of the Association properly endorsed.

                                ARTICLE VII

                              Corporate Seal

     Section 7.1  The President, the Cashier, the Secretary, or any Assistant
Cashier, or Assistant Secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the
Board of Directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any
document requiring such seal, and to attest the same.  Such seal shall be
substantially in the following form.

                               ARTICLE VIII

                         Miscellaneous Provisions

     Section 8.1 Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Association shall be
the calendar year.

     Section 8.2 Execution of Instruments.  All agreements, indentures,
mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations,
receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions,
schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies, and other
instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified,
delivered or accepted in behalf of the Association by the Chairman of the
Board, or the President, or any Vice Chairman of the Board, any Vice
President or Assistant Vice President, or the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary, Cashier, or Assistant Cashier, or, if in connection with the
exercise of fiduciary powers of the Association, by any of said officers or
by any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer; provided, however, that
where required, any such instrument shall be attested by one of said officers
other than the officer executing such instrument.  Any such instruments may
also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered, or accepted in behalf of
the Association in such other manner and by such other officers as the Board
of Directors may from time to time direct.  The provisions of this Section
8.2 are supplementary to any other provision of these By-laws.

     Section 8.3 Records.  The Articles of Association, the By-laws, and the
proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board of Directors,
standing committees of the Board, shall be recorded in appropriate minute
books provided for the purpose.  The minutes of each meeting shall be signed
by the Secretary, Cashier, or other officer appointed to act as Secretary of
the meeting.

                                ARTICLE IX

                                  By-laws

     Section 9.1 Inspection.  A copy of the By-laws, with all amendments
thereto, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the Head Office
of the Association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders,
during banking hours.

     Section 9.2 Amendments.  The By-laws may be amended, altered or
repealed, at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, by a
vote of a majority of the whole number of Directors.

                   First Union National Bank of Virginia
                                 Article X
                             Emergency By-laws



     In the event of an emergency declared by the President of the United
States or the person performing his functions, the officers and employees of
this Association will continue to conduct the affairs of the Association
under such guidance from the directors or the Executive Committee as may be
available except as to matters which by statute require specific approval of
the Board of Directors and subject to conformance with any applicable
governmental directives during the emergency.

                     OFFICERS PRO TEMPORE AND DISASTER

     Section 1.  The surviving members of the Board of Directors or the
Executive Committee shall have the power, in the absence or disability of any
officer, or upon the refusal of any officer to act, to delegate and prescribe
such officer's powers and duties to any other officer, or to any director,
for the time being.

     Section 2.  In the event of a state of disaster of sufficient severity
to prevent the conduct and management of the affairs and business of this
Association by its directors and officers as contemplated by these By-laws,
any two or more available members of the then incumbent Executive Committee
shall constitute a quorum of that Committee for the full conduct and
management of the affairs and business of the Association in accordance with
the provisions of Article II of these By-laws; and in addition, such
Committee shall be empowered to exercise all of the powers reserved to the
General Trust Committee under Section 5.3 of Article V hereof.  In the event
of the unavailability, at such time, of a minimum of two members of the then
incumbent Executive Committee, any three available directors shall constitute
the Executive Committee for the full conduct and management of the affairs
and business of the Association in accordance with the foregoing provisions
of this section.  This By-law shall be subject to implementation by
resolutions of the Board of Directors passed from time to time for that
purpose, and any provisions of these By-laws (other than this section) and
any resolutions which are contrary to the provisions of this section or to
the provisions of any such implementary resolutions shall be suspended until
it shall be determined by an interim Executive Committee acting under this
section that it shall be to the advantage of this Association to resume the 
conduct and management of its affairs and business under all of the other
provisions of these By-laws.

                            Officer Succession

     BE IT RESOLVED, that if consequent upon war or warlike damage or
disaster, the Chief Executive Officer of this Association cannot be located
by the then acting Head Officer or is unable to assume or to continue normal
executive duties, then the authority and duties of the Chief Executive
Officer shall, without further action of the Board of Directors, be
automatically assumed by one of the following persons in the order
designated:

     Chairman
     President
     Division Head/Area Administrator - Within this officer class, officers
     shall take seniority on the basis of length of service in such office
     or, in the event of equality, length of service as an officer of the
     Association.

     Any one of the above persons who in accordance with this resolution
assumes the authority and duties of the Chief Executive Officer shall
continue to serve until he resigns or until five-sixths of the other officers
who are attached to the then acting Head Office decide in writing he is
unable to perform said duties or until the elected Chief Executive Officer of
this Association, or a person higher on the above list, shall become
available to perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer of the
Association.

     BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that anyone dealing with this Association may
accept a certification by any three officers that a specified individual is
acting as Chief Executive Officer in accordance with this resolution; and
that anyone accepting such certification may continue to consider it in force
until notified in writing of a change, said notice of change to carry the
signatures of three officers of the Association.

                            Alternate Locations

     The offices of the Association at which its business shall be conducted
shall be the main office thereof in each city which is designated as a City
Office (and branches, if any), and any other legally authorized location
which may be leased or acquired by this Association to carry on its business.
During an emergency resulting in any authorized place of business of this
Association being unable to function, the business ordinarily conducted at
such location shall be relocated elsewhere in suitable quarters, in addition
to or in lieu of the locations heretofore mentioned, as may be designated by
the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee or by such persons as
are then, in  accordance with resolutions adopted from time to time by the
Board of Directors dealing with the exercise of authority in the time of such
emergency, conducting the affairs of this Association.  Any temporarily
relocated place of business of this Association shall be returned to its
legally authorized location as soon as practicable and such temporary place
of business shall then be discontinued.


                            Acting Head Offices

     BE IT RESOLVED, that in case of and provided because of war or warlike
damage or disaster, the General Office of this Association, located in
Roanoke, Virginia, is unable temporarily to continue its functions, the
Richmond, located in Richmond, Virginia, shall automatically and without
further action of this Board of Directors, become the "Acting Head Office of
this Association";

     BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that if by reason of said war or warlike damage
or disaster, both the General Office of this Association and the said
Richmond Office of this Association are unable to carry on their functions,
then and in such case, the Tyson's Corner Office of this Association, located
in Tyson's Corner, Virginia, shall, without further action of this Board of
Directors, become the "Acting Head Office of this Association"; and if
neither the Richmond Office nor the Tyson's Corner Office can carry on their
functions, then the Norfolk Office of this Association, located in Norfolk,
Virginia, shall, without further action of this Board of Directors, become
the "Acting Head Office of this Association"; and if neither the Richmond
Office, the Tyson's Corner Office, nor the Norfolk Office can carry on their
functions, then the Harrisonburg Office of this Association, located in
Harrisonburg, Virginia, shall, without further action of this Board of
Directors, become the "Acting Head Office of this Association".  The Head
Office shall resume its functions at its legally authorized location as soon
as practicable.

<PAGE>

                      R E P O R T  OF  C O N D I T I O N


Consolidating domestic subsidiaries of the

   First Union National Bank of Virginia of Roanoke
                            Name of Bank

City in the state of Virginia, at the close of business on September 30, 1994,
published in response to call made by Comptroller of the Currency, under title
12, United States Code, Section 161.

  Charter Number  02737  Comptroller of the Currency Southeastern District



Statement of Resources and Liabilities
<TABLE>

ASSETS
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Thousands of dollars
  Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
     Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418,673
     Interest-bearing balances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,887
  Held-to-maturity securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99,568
  Available-for-sale securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,544,501
  Federal funds sold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56,935
  Securities purchased under agreements to resell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.00000
  Loans and lease financing receivables:
     Loans and leases, net of unearned income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,409,124
     LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191,431
     LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.00000
     Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and reserve . . . . . . . . . . .5,217,693
  Assets held in trading accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
  Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171,862
  Other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,205
  Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,674
  Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,341
  Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93,226
  Other assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278,009
  Total assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7,930,582

LIABILITIES

  Deposits:
     In domestic offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6166117
        Noninterest-bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,099,343
        Interest-bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5,066,774
  Federal funds purchased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569315
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263569
  Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5997
  Trading liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.00000
  Other borrowed money: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .///////////////////
     With original maturity of one year or less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
     With original maturity of more than one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.00000
  Mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
  Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6341
  Subordinated notes and debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60000
  Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125857
  Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7197253
  Limited-life preferred stock and related surplus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.00000

EQUITY CAPITAL

  Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.00000
  Common stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65164
  Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415847
  Undivided profits and capital reserves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307300
  Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities. . . . . . . . . . . (54982)
  Total equity capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733329
  Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital . . . . . . . . . . . .7930582
</TABLE>




We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of
this statement of resources and liabilities.  We declare that it
has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge
and belief has been prepared in
conformance with the Title instructions and is true and correct.

  Warner N. Dalhouse
  Benjamin P. Jenkins, III
  Robert W. Helms





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission